PRINT PRICE GUIDE
2010
Includes Printed Samples
0 1 0 2
T N I PR ICE PR IDE GU
Contents 2010 Welcome How to Order Leaflets Introduction Leaflets 115gm Gloss Leaflets 115gm Silk Leaflets 150gm Gloss Leaflets 150gm Silk Leaflets 200gm Gloss Leaflets 200gm Silk Leaflets 280gm Gloss Leaflets 280gm Silk Large Format 150gm Gloss or Silk Large Format 200gm Gloss or Silk Large Format 280gm Gloss or Silk Handouts Introduction (With Sample) Handouts 350gm Matt
1 2-3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Sample 100gm Executive Full Colour Letterhead 17 Sample 100gm Executive Full Colour Envelope 18 19 20
Sample Full Colour 120gm equest® Sample 120gm equest®
21 22
Premium Stationery Introduction Premium Stationery 120gm equest® Premium Business Cards & Postcards 400gm equest® Non Standard Printing Stock Selector Non Standard Print Prices
23 24
Envelopes - ‘Made then Printed’ Envelopes - ‘Printed then Made’
28 29
400gm Products Introduction Business Cards & Postcards 400gm Matt, Gloss Laminated Business Cards & Postcards 400gm Matt, Matt Laminated
30
400gm Sample with Gloss Lamination 400gm Sample with Matt Lamination 400gm Sample Unlaminated 400gm Sample Unlaminated
33 34 35 36
25 26 27
31 32
37 38 39 40 41 42
Point of Sale Leaflet Dispenser Brochure Displays Retail Display Stand Hexagonal Dumpbin Pallet Wrapper Point of Sale Wobblers
70 71 72 73 74 75
Inkjet Posters and Banners Introduction Indoor and Outdoor Posters and Banners Backlit and Vinyl Posters and Banners Inkjet Printed Exhibition Stand Inkjet Printed Poster and Banner Accessories
76 77 78 79 80
Canvas Prints Standard and Bespoke
81
Paper Carrier Bags
82
Folders Introduction Folders Two Panel Gloss, Silk or Matt Folders Three Panel Gloss, Silk or Matt Folder Templates
43 44 45 46
Boxes Introduction Boxes B1, B2 and B3 400gm Matt Boxes B4, B5 and B6 400gm Matt Boxes B7 and B8 400gm Matt Boxes B9 400gm Matt Boxes Jumbo Sizes
47 48 49 50 51 52
Scratch Cards
83
Datacards Introduction (With Sample) Datacards
84 85
Slapper Bands
86
Beer Mats (With Sample)
87
53
Card Badges
54
Playing Cards Playing Cards Boxes
90 91
Digital Printing Introduction Digital Printing Setup Digital Printing Digital Printing Finishing
92 93 94 95
Sample Spot Colour 100gm Executive Letterhead and Compliment Slip Sample Spot Colour 100gm Executive Letterhead and Compliment Slip Spot Colour Introduction Spot Colour Stock Selector Spot Colour Print Prices
55 56 57
NCR Sets Introduction NCR Sets
58 59
Books and Booklets Introduction Book and Booklets Pricing System Books & Booklets 100gm Inner pages Books & Booklets 115gm or 150gm Inner pages Books & Booklets 160gm or 200gm Inner pages
60 61 62 63 64
Spot Colour and Full Colour Labels Introduction (With Sample) Labels Spot or Full Colour Display Boards, Point of Sale and Three Dimensional Merchandisers Introduction Display Boards
65 66-67
Direct Mail Introduction Direct Mail Costing Accessories Artwork Hexachrome & Metal FX® Finishing Processes and Carriage Prices
96-97 98 99-100 101-104 105 106
Carriage
107
Common Stock Sizes
108
68 69
As part of our commitment to the environment and our quality standards, this catalogue has been produced using responsibly sourced stock, certified by FSC.
This page is printed on 200gm Silk Art Paper
88-89
Print Price Guide 2010
Full Colour Executive Stationery 100gm Deskpads 100gm Executive
Business Cards & Postcards 400gm Matt, Unlaminated Tent Cards 400gm Matt Circular Presentation Cards & Bookmarks 400gm Matt Instant 3Ds™ 400gm Matt CD and DVD Products Sleeves 400gm Matt, Inserts and Booklets CD and DVD Products Sleeves 400gm Matt and Inlay Trays 150gm Gloss
Welcome to your
2010 PRINT PRICE GUIDE Thank you to everyone who bought from us during 2009. It is very gratifying to have kept your business through what has been a difficult and turbulent year for everyone. If you have not used us before we are confident that you will quickly find that we offer a level of quality, service and economy beyond anything that you have ever experienced before! Business experts often disagree about the best strategies to employ in order to succeed. However, by common consent, the best way to survive an economic slowdown is to increase sales and marketing activity. Indeed at a time when many less business savvy competitors may be looking to trim their marketing budgets, 2010 does present a real opportunity to win more business! The great news is that despite huge increases in the cost of paper and other print consumables, thanks to our continuous investment in more efficient
machinery and training, we have again kept any price increases to a minimum. And we have actually reduced the cost of some products making them even more affordable! Now is the right time for you to promote and we have the tools you need. Our huge product range covers every aspect of print from Letterheads to Point of Sale, Business Cards to Booklets and any permutation of colours from a single spot colour to Full Colour. Better still, in the unlikely event that your particular requirement is not detailed we have a bespoke estimating team ready to quote virtually anything print related. Whatever the economic climate we will continue to be guided by our core values of Quality, Service and Economy. We believe that it is our uncompromising pursuit of these aims which drives our success.
Quality Our Quality Control programme is designed to ensure that your print is always of the best possible
quality. Through investment in both the latest printing technology and the training of personnel, we can be certain that every job we produce is of the very highest standard. Jobs are checked at every stage of the production process according to exacting benchmarks.
Service The fulfilment of your order quickly and efficiently is of paramount importance to us. The time value of print is something that we always have uppermost in our minds. Our mission is to deliver customer delight at every step.
economy When we calculate the prices of our products we do not look at what others are charging and ‘go with the pack’. We start from scratch! We work out our best price and that is the price we charge. This means that as you look through our catalogue you know for certain that you are being offered exceptional products at exceptionally economical prices. Our aim at all times is to deliver customer delight in all that we do. We have a strategy for growth in 2010. We are determined to put recession blues behind us and hope that you will allow us to help make 2010 a great year for you too.
This page is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
how to order It is so simple and straightforward to order your print from us. By following this checklist you can help us to process your order efficiently! Please be sure to include: A Written Order: Available on request Complete with contact details and delivery address. An Artwork File: Send us the artwork file directly, or email it to us. We prefer a PDF format, but we may be able to accept other file formats, please contact us to confirm. Client Proof Copy: Unless you are sending a PDF please provide a proof with your order. Colour Match Information (if applicable): Colour swatches or pantone references to ensure we know what colours you require. (Please see page 104 for details).
£2,313.79
£3,300.77
£4,573.73 £3,505.74 £4,945.74
£4,699.98 £6,789.98 £5,415.31 £7,505.31 £6,145.67 £8,235.67
Finishing Options
£5,935.46 £8,675.46 £6,630.58 £9,370.58 £7,696.88 £10,436.88 £8,785.61 £11,525.61
30.00 30.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
£4,664.66
30.00
30.00
£3,453.31
30.00
£3,220.20
30.00
30.00 30.00 30.00
30.00 30.00 30.00
£2,008.85
£8,561.18 £11,951.18 £9,978.46 £13,368.46 £11,425.54 £14,815.54
30.00
£6,323.66
+10,000
£3,615.12 Single Folding £343.51 £5,110.26 Double Folding -£457.03 Z or Roll Fold £2,555.13 £228.51 Creasing £4,050.26 £342.03 Perforating £4,475.04 Round Cornering£436.80 £5,970.17 £550.32 Hole Drilling £7,637.26 £720.79that finishing A tinted icon indicates £11,027.26 £980.79 option is not available.
30.00
£4,233.66
30.00
£3,359.14
£4,017.69
30.00
£4,209.38 £3,133.73
£2,431.57
£2,806.34
30.00
£2,769.38
£2,390.13
30.00
£3,971.87
£1,462.56
30.00
£2,531.87
30.00
£2,053.63
30.00
17.46 8.73 24.50 30.00
6.99 3.49 9.80
3.49 1.75 4.90
£1,409.84
£2,925.13
30.00
£3,107.94 £2,185.77
£916.28 £1,560.07
£1,997.56
30.00
£2,228.47 £1,393.79
£1,992.94
£1,832.56
30.00
£2,919.08
Step Four
£1,308.47
£1,188.78
£1,957.77
30.00
£1,984.80
£1,804.08
£1,360.18
10,000
We offer various finishing/1,000 options. These are shown £1,868.23 £2,452.92 £228.51 in the end column of each table. The cost of finishing is detailed on the fly-out£318.08 section on page 106. £2,729.73 £3,501.70
30.00
£1,787.40
£2,144.90
£2,795.97
£852.14 £1,185.81
7,500
30.00
1600mm x 1170mm
4.93
£1,759.42 £1,935.31 This page is printed on 200gm Silk Art Paper £971.40 £1,129.80 Jumbo Poster
£1,224.90
£1,680.97
5,000
30.00
£1,080.31
£2,090.43
£898.98 £1,400.87
30.00
£1,886.84
Step Three
£1,170.43
£643.14 £1,145.03
2,500
30.00
1524mm x 1016mm
£1,031.84
£592.46 £1,009.22
£784.39 £1,286.28
30.00
£1,732.01
Step One Step Two £943.42 Billboard
£1,855.25
£896.01
13.97
£916.01
£1,000.25
£479.26
17.01
Large Poster
£878.66
£958.51
21.66
£1,714.14
£490.29
£541.76
24.64
£898.14
1188mm x 840mm
£813.01
6.99
£800.33
£424.63
8.51
£428.98
£849.26
10.83
Poster
£460.88
12.32
£763.20
1.40
£391.85
0.70
8 Page A4
840mm x 297mm
1.96
£783.70
2.79
£412.35
3.40
A1
£799.83
30.00
£598.12
£568.24
3.49
£445.71
£491.05
1.75
£394.90
0.70
£364.42
8.73
Finishing Icons 1,250
840mm x 594mm
1350mm x 900mm
Step Four: Look at the number in the green block at the side of your product price. This is the carriage code for the product. Just add together the codes for all the products you want and obtain the carriage cost from page 107.
500
£444.73
A0
Step Three: Slide across the row to the quantity required. Our tables show a spread of prices for different quantities. It means that it is always possible to see the cost implication of having more (or less) of a particular item.
250
594mm x 420mm
1000mm x 700mm
01
Step Two: Determine which row within that size is relevant e.g. is your requirement for single or double sided printing?
100
4.33
A2
Printed Sides
Step One: Slide down the left hand side vertical ‘Size’ column to the specification you require e.g. Double Credit Card, A6 or 1/3 A4. Please note: this is the flat, unfolded, size of the product.
£821.02 £1,081.02 £974.79 £1,234.79 £1,131.78 £1,391.78
Print Price Guide 2010
Size
Use this Catalogue to see the range of products we offer and view prices at a glance. Our unique tables mean that you can find the complete price in just four quick steps.
Full Colour Printing
INTRODUCTION Our Full Colour Printing is produced on state-of-the-art Roland, KBA and Heidelberg Lithographic Printing Presses. These range in size from B3 (using our Heidelberg SM52 presses) right up to 1600mm x 1180mm size (using our phenomenal new KBA 162a press). the superior quality of these machines allows us to produce work of the very highest standard. Quality control at every stage of the production process is your assurance of complete satisfaction, ensuring that whatever your message it is powerfully delivered. advanced Printing technology We are among the few printers to use Stochastic Screening for all our Lithographic Printing. It means that traditional ‘dots’ of colour are replaced with
which call for vivid oranges and greens. It involves the combination of six colours, rather than four in conventional printing, to produce the full rainbow spectrum. For more information on, and examples of, the potential of Hexachrome Printing, please see page 105. Metal FX is a relatively new process. We have passed strict criteria to be licensed to use the system. Metal FX allows any number of Metallic colours to be produced on the same page with Full Colour. For more information on, and examples of, the stunning effects possible with Metal FX, please see page 105. Spot Colour Printing can be more economical than Full Colour when your job is only one or two colours. It can also produce greater vibrancy for some colours. For more details please refer to page 55.
much smaller random screens. The results are dramatic, with improvements in the quality of both pictures and fine text. Though the technology is not the same, the difference is like comparing High Definition with ordinary television!! Full Colour Printing formed by the combination of four colours (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow and Black) is perfect for the majority of work, however, there are times when more specialised products are required. We are able to offer Hexachrome (Six Colour Printing) and Metal FX (Metallic Printing). We are also pleased to print in Spot Colours. Hexachrome can produce exceptional results, particularly for jobs This page is printed on 200gm Silk Art Paper
Paper and Board options We offer a huge selection of paper and board stocks. As well as being FSC grades these have been selected for their exceptional quality. When you are aiming at excellence nothing less is acceptable! All our Gloss, Silk and Matt papers and boards are triple coated to ensure a smooth high lift surface. Pages of our catalogue are printed on these different stocks to give you easy access to a ‘live sample’ of each. Which page is printed on which stock is clearly shown above each pricing table. You can find prices for the various materials on these pages:
•
115gm Gloss and Silk on pages 4 and 5
•
150gm Gloss and Silk on pages 6 and 7 (Up to A2 size) and on page 12 (A2 size & bigger)
•
200gm Gloss and Silk on pages 8 and 9 (Up to A2 size) and on page 13 (A2 size & bigger)
•
280gm Gloss and Silk on pages 10 and 11 (Up to A2 size) and on page 14 (A2 size & bigger)
Our extended range of products on 350gm are on pages 15 & 16. The stock used for these products is 350gm Matt Art and this is High Gloss Coated on the Face side to give a brilliant finish.
03
Our Executive Letterheads, Continuation Sheets and Compliments Slips, together with our range of Deskpads, are printed on high quality, FSC grade Ink jet and Laser Print compatible paper, please see pages 19 and 20 for details. Our Premium Letterheads and Business Cards are printed on the exciting equest® paper and board. As well as being fully FSC compliant equest® is ultra white and smooth and fully Inkjet and Laser Print compatible. The paper is 120gm and the Business card board is a massive 400gm for ultimate quality. See pages 23-25 for further information.
In addition to these standard stocks we also offer the option of printing on a huge variety of other papers and boards. Pricing for this extended range can be found on pages 26 and 27.
Print Price Guide 2010
Our new KBA 162a Large format press is the latest addition to our press hall.
This page is printed on 200gm Silk Art Paper
full Colour Leaflets 115gm Gloss Page 19 is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Gloss
Gloss
£258.66 £347.44
£212.64 £277.45 £307.47 £401.17
£260.30 £322.23 £376.37 £465.92
£245.38 £211.70 £269.24 £325.67 £417.38 £470.89 £603.52
£203.43 £173.12 £246.03 £234.56 £308.62 £275.83 £350.81 £424.32 £548.61 £613.54 £793.27
£101.68 £150.62 £135.58 £203.55 £182.61 £236.74 £213.13 £292.74 £288.10 £367.20 £335.22 £426.36 £515.69 £670.14 £745.65 £969.00
0.54
£102.43
1.08
0.81 1.34 1.80
£174.91 £148.07
2.69
0.54 0.89 1.20
0.27 0.45 0.60
£129.43 £115.94
3.59
£176.74
1.79
£195.62
£86.95
5.39
£169.21 £207.85
£167.51 £129.93
2.39
£189.44
£144.02 £110.76
3.59
£141.25
0.90
£159.90
1.20
£129.32 £116.11
1.79
0.13 0.22 0.30 0.45
0.03
0.05 0.09 0.12
£99.49
£94.75
£88.01
10.78
£240.29
£178.97
£111.19
£106.58
7.17
£178.89
£138.22
£73.85
£71.06
16.14
£201.30 £296.04
£155.00
£163.11
£82.28
£72.47
10.76
6 Page A4
630mm x 297mm
£139.23 £204.73
£116.28
£137.69 £115.40
£55.40
3.59
A3
420mm x 297mm
£90.51 £132.07
£141.27
£94.85
£55.95
5.38
A4
297mm x 210mm
£120.36
£97.08
£111.35
0.60
210mm x 198mm
£119.24
£95.74 £81.27
0.90
2/3 A4
£75.55
£70.85 £60.34
1.79
£101.60
£48.18 £45.25
2.69
210mm x 148.5mm
£96.44 £79.80
0.18
A5
£62.11
0.24
£82.17
£82.92 £68.37
0.36
210mm x 99mm
£61.35 £50.76
0.72
1/3 A4
£57.55
£41.73 £38.07
1.08
£70.65
0.04
148.5mm x 105mm
0.06
£42.73
0.09
A6
£52.28
0.12
£32.04
0.18
£35.56
Double Credit Card
1.79
£69.15
2.39
£59.13
3.57
£48.32
4.78
£37.67
7.17
£30.77
14.35
£25.88
+10,000/2,500 finishing options
21.52
£21.79
0.41
10,000
0.27
7,500
0.13
5,000
0.07
2,500
0.03
1,250
0.01
500
85mm x 55mm 110mm x 85mm or 170mm x 55mm
04
250
0.36
Credit Card
Printed Sides
0.54
Size
115gm triple Coated £7.12 £9.61 £10.46 £14.13 £13.96 £19.11 £18.80 £22.22 £21.94 £27.47 £28.96 £44.97 £40.51 £56.62 £68.43 £88.57 £103.22 £134.98
NEW FOR 2010 - Multiple Order Discounts available on this product** +
20%
Reverse Print in Black only Add 20% to the Single Sided Price
Turnaround ; Anticipated completion in 6 working days.* Need it faster? Please call. *Up to 50,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
further Information turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. artwork Important preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. finishing options For a key to Finishing Options and pricing please use the throw out on page 106. Tinted finishing icons indicate that particular operation is not possible on that product size. Special Print option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. This page is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Full Colour Leaflets 115gm Silk Page 23 is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk
£384.86
£305.22 £409.98
£246.66 £321.84 £356.66 £465.36
£296.74 £367.34 £429.06 £531.15
£274.83 £237.10 £301.55 £364.75 £467.47 £527.40 £675.94
£190.44 £270.63 £258.02 £339.48 £303.41 £385.89 £466.75 £603.47 £674.90 £872.60
0.81 1.34 1.80
£223.78
2.69
0.54 0.89 1.20
0.26 0.45 0.60
£192.40 £162.87
3.59
£197.95
1.79
£219.09
£142.37 £127.53
5.39
£192.90 £236.95
£145.52
2.39
£215.96
£187.61
3.59
£161.03
0.90
£182.29
1.20
0.18
0.03
0.05 0.09
0.22 0.30 0.45
£132.36
£161.30 £124.05
£95.65
10.78
£283.54
£207.60
£147.43
£119.37 £106.12
£110.62 £109.82 £162.67 £146.42 £219.84 £197.22 £255.68 £230.18 £316.16 £311.15 £396.58 £362.04 £460.47 £556.95 £723.75 £805.30 £1,046.52
0.54
£96.81
16.14
£261.69
6 Page A4
630mm x 297mm
£211.09
£160.33
£126.75 £113.41
£79.59
7.17
£266.15
£182.90
£84.19
£81.17
10.76
£181.00
A3
420mm x 297mm
£137.21
£189.21
£93.80
1.79
£171.69
£159.72 £133.86
£63.16
3.59
£117.66
A4
297mm x 210mm
£166.70
£129.16 £110.03
£63.79
5.38
£156.47
£94.27
0.60
210mm x 198mm
£140.71 £114.55
£111.05
0.90
2/3 A4
£98.22
£82.19 £69.99
1.79
£132.08
£94.17
£55.89 £52.49
2.69
210mm x 148.5mm
£113.80
0.12
A5
£80.75
0.18
£106.82
0.24
210mm x 99mm
£97.84 £80.67
0.36
1/3 A4
£74.82
£72.40 £59.90
0.72
£91.84
£49.24 £44.93
1.08
A6
148.5mm x 105mm
0.04
£55.55
0.06
£67.97
0.09
110mm x 85mm or 170mm x 55mm
0.12
£41.66
0.18
£46.23
Double Credit Card
1.08
£74.68
1.79
£65.04
2.39
£54.12
3.57
£42.94
4.78
£35.70
7.17
£30.54
+10,000/2,500 Finishing Options
14.35
£28.33
85mm x 55mm
0.41
10,000
0.27
7,500
0.13
5,000
0.07
2,500
0.03
1,250
0.01
500
0.36
Credit Card
250
0.54
Printed Sides
Size
Silk
21.52
115gm Triple Coated
£7.12 £9.61 £10.46 £14.13 £13.96 £19.11
05
£18.80 £22.22 £21.94 £27.47 £28.96 £44.97 £40.51 £56.62 £68.43 £88.57 £103.22 £134.98
+
20%
+ in Black Reverse Print Reverse only Print in Black only 20% Turnaround Options Turnaround ; Add 20% to the Single Add Sided 20%Price to the Single Sided Price
Express
Express Plus
Same Day
Economy
;4 Anticipated completion in 6Days* working1days.* Need it faster? Please call. 2 Working 8 Working Working Days* Working Day* Days* *Up to 50,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce Bespoke Sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Please specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge. ** Multiple Orders Where you have a requirement for more than one item of the same material, size and quantity you may take the following Multiple Order Discounts: For two items - 5%; For three items - 7.5%; For four items or more - 10%. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering. This page is printed on 150gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Print Price Guide 2010
NEW FOR 2010 - Multiple Order Discounts available on this product**
Full Colour Leaflets 150gm Gloss Page 31 is printed on 150gm Triple Coated Gloss
Gloss
£297.49
£261.97 £350.54
£218.21 £282.66 £315.81 £408.99
£271.54 £332.76 £393.25 £481.72
For larger sizes on 150gm Gloss please see page 12 +
20%
+ in Black Reverse Print Reverse only Print in Black only 20% Turnaround Options Turnaround ; Add 20% to the Single Add Sided 20%Price to the Single Sided Price
£250.48 £221.59 £277.94 £344.06 £433.77 £498.69 £628.34
£251.71 £243.42 £316.68 £291.06 £364.01 £452.81 £573.46 £656.63 £830.99
£105.67 £154.43 £142.24 £209.90 £191.48 £245.20 £226.45 £305.43 £305.87 £384.12 £361.87 £451.74 £563.65 £715.83 £817.60 £1,037.52
0.70 1.40
£104.33
2.34
1.05 1.78 2.34
£207.04 £179.78
3.51
0.70 1.17 1.56
£177.34 £152.08
4.68
£182.14
2.34
0.35 0.58 0.78 1.17
£199.00
£130.58 £119.29
7.02
£175.46 £213.71
£169.58 £133.98
3.12
£193.34
£145.38 £113.41
4.68
£145.01
1.56
0.18 0.29
0.04
0.07 0.12 0.16
0.39 0.58
£162.83
£96.78
£88.74
14.04
£242.35
£181.86
£131.26 £119.24
£107.18
£88.30
21.05
£202.84
6 Page A4
630mm x 297mm
£181.09
£141.32
£112.65 £101.56
£72.12
9.36
£205.70
£156.15
£75.43
£72.57
14.03
£140.25
A3
420mm x 297mm
£117.51
£165.04
£83.16
2.34
£132.60
£139.13 £117.26
£56.33
4.68
£91.08
A4
297mm x 210mm
£142.03
£96.39
£56.39
7.02
£120.73
£97.81
£112.32
0.78
210mm x 198mm
£119.82
£96.46 £82.30
1.17
2/3 A4
£75.90
£71.28 £61.11
2.34
£101.88
£48.39 £45.72
3.51
210mm x 148.5mm
£96.82 £80.41
0.23
A5
£62.39
0.31
£82.35
£83.21 £68.77
0.47
210mm x 99mm
£61.53 £51.07
0.94
1/3 A4
£57.73
£41.81 £38.25
1.40
£70.78
0.06
A6
148.5mm x 105mm
0.08
£42.86
0.12
£52.36
0.16
£32.13
0.23
£35.59
Double Credit Card
3.12
£71.15
4.68
£59.83
6.24
£48.72
9.36
£38.13
18.71
£31.01
+10,000/2,500 Finishing Options
28.07
£25.99
0.53
£21.83
0.35
10,000
0.18
7,500
0.09
5,000
0.04
2,500
0.02
1,250
85mm x 55mm 110mm x 85mm or 170mm x 55mm
06
500
0.47
Credit Card
250
0.70
Printed Sides
Size
150gm Triple Coated £7.27 £9.69 £10.92 £14.46 £14.83 £19.80 £19.57 £22.77 £23.14 £28.37 £31.64 £46.63 £45.51 £59.43 £90.52 £118.21 £136.29 £177.98
NEW FOR 2010 - Multiple Order Discounts available on this product** Express
Express Plus
Same Day
Economy
;4 Anticipated completion in 6Days* working1days.* Need it faster? Please call. 2 Working 8 Working Working Days* Working Day* Days* *Up to 50,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Finishing Options For a key to Finishing Options and pricing please use the throw out on page 106. Tinted finishing icons indicate that particular operation is not possible on that product size.
Please note: When 150gm Triple Coated Gloss or Silk Art Paper is to be folded and colour extends across the fold lines then Crease Folding should be specified to minimise the risk of cracking showing on the fold. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce Bespoke Sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve
This page is printed on 150gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Full Colour Leaflets 150gm Silk This page is printed on 150gm Triple Coated Silk
£386.74
£309.12 £413.64
£327.89 £366.35 £474.43
£309.55 £379.35 £448.30 £549.17
£280.54 £248.18 £311.29 £385.35 £485.82 £558.53 £703.74
+
20%
+ in Black Reverse Print Reverse only Print in Black only 20% Turnaround Options Turnaround ; Add 20% to the Single Add Sided 20%Price to the Single Sided Price
£197.76 £276.88 £267.76 £348.34 £320.17 £400.42 £498.09 £630.80 £722.29 £914.09
1.05 1.78 2.34 3.51
0.70 1.17 1.56
0.35 0.58 0.78
£227.74
£114.13 £166.78 £153.62 £226.69 £206.80 £264.81 £244.57 £329.86 £330.34 £414.85 £390.81 £487.88 £608.74 £773.09 £883.01 £1,120.53
0.70
£112.67
£7.27 £9.69 £10.92 £14.46 £14.83 £19.80
07
£19.57 £22.77 £23.14 £28.37 £31.64 £46.63 £45.51 £59.43 £90.52 £118.21 £136.29 £177.98
NEW FOR 2010 - Multiple Order Discounts available on this product** Express
Express Plus
Same Day
Economy
;4 Anticipated completion in 6Days* working1days.* Need it faster? Please call. 2 Working 8 Working Working Days* Working Day* Days* *Up to 50,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Please specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge. ** Multiple Orders Where you have a requirement for more than one item of the same material, size and quantity you may take the following Multiple Order Discounts: For two items - 5%; For three items - 7.5%; For four items or more - 10%. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering.
This page is printed on 150gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Print Price Guide 2010
For larger sizes on 150gm Silk please see page 12
£195.07 £167.28
4.68
£204.00
2.34
£222.88
£143.64 £131.22
7.02
£200.02 £243.63
£150.06
3.12
£220.40
£189.93
4.68
£165.31
1.17
£185.62
1.56
0.18 0.29 0.39 0.58
0.12
0.04
0.07
£253.12
£135.93
£162.83 £127.02
£97.61
14.04
£285.98
£210.96
£149.64
£120.04 £108.39
£97.13
21.05
£263.69
6 Page A4
630mm x 297mm
£213.69
£163.93
£128.42 £115.78
£80.77
9.36
£267.41
£184.26
£85.99
£81.28
14.03
£182.32
A3
420mm x 297mm
£138.66
£191.45
£94.80
2.34
£172.39
£161.39 £136.02
£64.22
4.68
£118.40
A4
297mm x 210mm
£167.59
£130.29 £111.82
£64.29
7.02
£156.95
£95.47
0.78
210mm x 198mm
£141.39 £115.42
£111.90
1.17
2/3 A4
£98.67
£82.68 £70.89
2.34
£132.44
£94.89
£56.14 £53.03
3.51
210mm x 148.5mm
£114.24
0.16
A5
£81.11
0.23
£107.05
0.31
210mm x 99mm
£98.18 £81.15
0.47
1/3 A4
£75.05
£72.60 £60.26
0.94
£92.02
£49.33 £45.13
1.40
A6
148.5mm x 105mm
0.06
£55.72
0.08
£68.07
0.12
110mm x 85mm or 170mm x 55mm
0.16
£41.77
0.23
£46.26
Double Credit Card
1.40
£76.84
2.34
£65.82
3.12
£54.57
4.68
£43.47
6.24
£35.97
9.36
£30.66
+10,000/2,500 Finishing Options
18.71
£28.38
85mm x 55mm
0.53
10,000
0.35
7,500
0.18
5,000
0.09
2,500
0.04
1,250
0.02
500
0.47
Credit Card
250
0.70
Printed Sides
Size
Silk
28.07
150gm Triple Coated
Full Colour Leaflets 200gm Gloss Page 95 is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Gloss
Gloss
£344.76
£317.90 £430.29
£270.10 £352.18 £391.48 £510.12
£219.35 £268.81 £344.29 £423.05 £499.70 £613.48
For larger sizes on 200gm Gloss please see page 13 +
20%
+ in Black Reverse Print Reverse only Print in Black only 20% Turnaround Options Turnaround ; Add 20% to the Single Add Sided 20%Price to the Single Sided Price
£223.77 £301.68 £276.30 £340.07 £438.60 £539.71 £637.88 £783.90
£223.00 £304.96 £301.60 £384.82 £367.24 £449.58 £585.77 £721.40 £852.67 £1,048.53
£183.84 £174.52 £251.81 £234.80 £295.88 £282.32 £372.10 £380.93 £469.54 £459.93 £561.19 £735.77 £906.59 £1,071.59 £1,318.24
0.94 1.87
£123.10 £128.09
3.11
1.41 2.33 3.12
£248.42
4.67
0.94 1.55 2.08
0.47 0.78 1.04
£185.73
6.24
£239.07
3.11
£164.81
£211.69
9.36
£240.79
£201.83
4.16
£179.60
£137.58
6.24
£202.17
1.55
£147.16
2.08
0.23 0.39 0.52 0.78
0.05
0.09 0.16 0.21
£162.28
£172.30
£154.81 £145.32
18.71
£297.33
£225.16
£124.36
£126.32 £116.67
£103.87 £106.93
28.07
£236.06
6 Page A4
630mm x 297mm
£219.60
£173.37
£138.90
£86.16
12.47
£238.33
£191.00
£203.12
£92.38
£84.99
18.71
£163.15
A3
420mm x 297mm
£141.88
£170.93 £142.99
£102.18
3.12
£153.38
£117.31
£68.61
6.24
£105.67
A4
297mm x 210mm
£173.25
£137.63
£69.02
9.36
£139.42
£99.66
1.04
210mm x 198mm
£146.03 £117.75
£118.02
1.56
2/3 A4
£87.90
£87.03 £74.02
3.12
£117.59
£96.70
£58.96 £55.17
4.68
210mm x 148.5mm
£117.86
0.31
A5
£72.21
£82.51
0.42
£94.99
£101.21
0.62
210mm x 99mm
£74.78 £61.27
1.25
1/3 A4
£66.70
£50.76 £45.82
1.87
£81.62
0.08
A6
148.5mm x 105mm
0.10
£49.53
0.16
£60.35
0.21
£37.09
0.31
£41.00
Double Credit Card
4.16
£85.09
6.22
£71.24
8.32
£57.63
12.47
£46.16
24.95
£37.28
+10,000/2,500 Finishing Options
30.00
£31.07
0.71
£25.18
0.47
10,000
0.23
7,500
0.12
5,000
0.05
2,500
0.02
1,250
85mm x 55mm 110mm x 85mm or 170mm x 55mm
08
500
0.62
Credit Card
250
0.94
Printed Sides
Size
200gm Triple Coated £9.05 £11.80 £13.93 £17.95 £19.36 £24.97 £24.97 £28.37 £30.02 £35.67 £42.52 £59.48 £60.26 £77.15 £120.92 £154.82 £181.95 £232.96
NEW FOR 2010 - Multiple Order Discounts available on this product** Express
Express Plus
Same Day
Economy
;4 Anticipated completion in 6Days* working1days.* Need it faster? Please call. 2 Working 8 Working Working Days* Working Day* Days* *Up to 50,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Finishing Options For a key to Finishing Options and pricing please use the throw out on page 106. Tinted finishing icons indicate that particular operation is not possible on that product size. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. This page is printed on 150gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Full Colour Leaflets 200gm Silk Page 4 is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Silk
£448.19
£375.12 £507.74
£313.31 £408.53 £454.12 £591.74
£392.49 £482.27 £569.66 £699.37
+
20%
+ in Black Reverse Print Reverse only Print in Black only 20% Turnaround Options Turnaround ; Add 20% to the Single Add Sided 20%Price to the Single Sided Price
£337.88 £309.46 £380.88 £491.23 £604.48 £714.43 £877.97
£245.30 £335.46 £331.76 £423.30 £403.96 £494.54 £644.35 £793.54 £937.94 £1,153.38
1.41 2.33 3.12 4.67
0.94 1.55 2.08
0.47 0.78 1.04
£273.26
6.24
£250.62
3.11
£267.76
£204.30
£198.55 £188.48 £271.95 £253.59 £319.55 £304.90 £401.86 £411.40 £507.10 £496.72 £606.09 £794.63 £979.11 £1,157.32 £1,423.70
0.94
£132.95 £138.34
£9.05 £11.80 £13.93 £17.95 £19.36 £24.97
09
£24.97 £28.37 £30.02 £35.67 £42.52 £59.48 £60.26 £77.15 £120.92 £154.82 £181.95 £232.96
NEW FOR 2010 - Multiple Order Discounts available on this product** Express
Express Plus
Same Day
Economy
;4 Anticipated completion in 6Days* working1days.* Need it faster? Please call. 2 Working 8 Working Working Days* Working Day* Days* *Up to 50,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce Bespoke Sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Please specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge. ** Multiple Orders Where you have a requirement for more than one item of the same material, size and quantity you may take the following Multiple Order Discounts: For two items - 5%; For three items - 7.5%; For four items or more - 10%. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering. This page is printed on 150gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Print Price Guide 2010
For larger sizes on 200gm Silk please see page 13
£184.59
£232.85
9.36
£250.06 £306.45
£226.05
4.16
£274.50
£154.09
6.24
£204.74
1.55
£230.47
2.08
0.23
0.05
0.09 0.16
0.39 0.52 0.78
£167.77
£192.98
£170.29 £159.85
18.71
£350.85
£261.19
£185.00
£141.48 £130.67
£114.26 £117.62
28.07
£306.88
6 Page A4
630mm x 297mm
£259.13
£201.11
£141.77
£96.50
12.47
£309.83
£225.38
£158.34
£95.19
18.71
£212.10
A3
420mm x 297mm
£167.42
£235.62
£116.48 £105.31
3.12
£199.39
£198.28 £165.87
£78.21
6.24
£137.37
A4
297mm x 210mm
£204.44
£159.65 £136.07
£78.69
9.36
£181.25
£136.90 £115.60
1.04
210mm x 198mm
£172.32 £138.94
£85.86
1.56
2/3 A4
£114.27
£100.96
3.12
£152.87
£68.39 £64.00
4.68
210mm x 148.5mm
£139.08 £114.11
0.21
A5
£93.87
0.31
£123.49
£97.36
0.42
210mm x 99mm
£119.43
0.62
1/3 A4
£86.71
£88.24 £72.30
1.25
£106.10
£59.90 £54.07
1.87
A6
148.5mm x 105mm
0.08
£64.38
0.10
£78.45
0.16
110mm x 85mm or 170mm x 55mm
0.21
£48.22
0.31
£53.30
Double Credit Card
1.87
£91.90
3.11
£78.36
4.16
£64.55
6.22
£52.63
8.32
£43.24
12.47
£36.66
+10,000/2,500 Finishing Options
24.95
£32.74
85mm x 55mm
0.71
10,000
0.47
7,500
0.23
5,000
0.12
2,500
0.05
1,250
0.02
500
0.62
Credit Card
250
0.94
Printed Sides
Size
Silk
30.00
200gm Triple Coated
Full Colour Leaflets 280gm Gloss Page 103 is printed on 280gm Triple Coated Gloss
Gloss
£395.27
£370.35 £497.34
£290.55 £373.59 £464.06 £596.04
£236.50 £285.75 £377.62 £455.75 £604.49 £728.57
For larger sizes on 280gm Gloss please see page 14 +
20%
+ in Black Reverse Print Reverse only Print in Black only 20% Turnaround Options Turnaround ; Add 20% to the Single Add Sided 20%Price to the Single Sided Price
£243.67 £320.64 £306.16 £368.51 £498.32 £596.58 £800.19 £956.13
£245.62 £326.49 £331.75 £413.53 £412.48 £492.67 £676.24 £807.57 £1,087.21 £1,295.55
£192.55 £189.75 £266.31 £255.11 £315.22 £312.76 £401.09 £421.54 £508.20 £520.85 £619.21 £857.59 £1,022.61 £1,379.75 £1,641.50
1.31 2.62
£127.45 £137.23
4.35
1.97 3.27 4.37
£262.78
6.53
1.31 2.18 2.91
0.65 1.09 1.46
£200.81
8.73
£253.29
4.35
£179.74
£222.45
13.10
£252.70
£211.31
5.82
£191.35
£147.54
8.73
£211.32
2.18
£156.11
2.91
0.33 0.54 0.73 1.09
0.07
0.13 0.22 0.29
£168.66
£179.41
£161.28 £156.63
26.19
£312.22
£236.86
£130.60
£130.58 £124.13
£107.10 £113.72
30.00
£272.20
6 Page A4
630mm x 297mm
£232.37
£184.38
£143.85
£90.65
17.46
£248.30
£199.75
£212.01
£97.05
£87.12
26.20
£170.91
A3
420mm x 297mm
£149.25
£177.97 £150.89
£105.34
4.37
£159.44
£123.44
£71.54
8.73
£110.31
A4
297mm x 210mm
£180.51
£142.81
£70.78
13.10
£144.62
£104.18
1.46
210mm x 198mm
£151.97 £123.39
£122.21
2.18
2/3 A4
£91.54
£89.88 £77.40
4.37
£121.90
£101.18
£60.69 £57.42
6.55
210mm x 148.5mm
£122.45
0.44
A5
£75.14
£86.06
0.58
£98.39
£105.05
0.87
210mm x 99mm
£77.52 £63.91
1.75
1/3 A4
£69.24
£52.54 £47.68
2.62
£84.49
0.11
A6
148.5mm x 105mm
0.15
£51.42
0.22
£62.42
0.29
£38.45
0.44
£42.37
Double Credit Card
5.82
£89.67
8.70
£74.63
11.64
£59.87
17.46
£47.75
30.00
£38.60
+10,000/2,500 Finishing Options
30.00
£32.25
0.98
£26.06
0.65
10,000
0.33
7,500
0.16
5,000
0.07
2,500
0.03
1,250
85mm x 55mm 110mm x 85mm or 170mm x 55mm
10
500
0.87
Credit Card
250
1.31
Printed Sides
Size
280gm Triple Coated £10.87 £13.71 £17.24 £21.36 £24.59 £30.31 £32.96 £36.30 £43.17 £47.53 £59.62 £74.20 £88.40 £98.46 £173.29 £190.83 £263.08 £289.72
NEW FOR 2010 - Multiple Order Discounts available on this product** Express
Express Plus
Same Day
Economy
;4 Anticipated completion in 6Days* working1days.* Need it faster? Please call. 2 Working 8 Working Working Days* Working Day* Days* *Up to 50,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Finishing Options For a key to Finishing Options and pricing please use the throw out on page 106. Tinted finishing icons indicate that particular operation is not possible on that product size. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. This page is printed on 150gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Full Colour Leaflets 280gm Silk
The cover of this catalogue is printed on 280gm Triple Coated Silk
£513.85
£437.01 £586.86
£337.04 £433.36 £538.31 £691.41
£430.49 £519.56 £689.12 £830.57
£342.90 £412.73 £558.12 £668.17 £896.21 £1,070.87
+
20%
+ in Black Reverse Print Reverse only Print in Black only 20% Turnaround Options Turnaround ; Add 20% to the Single Add Sided 20%Price to the Single Sided Price
£270.18 £359.14 £364.93 £454.89 £453.73 £541.93 £743.86 £888.32 £1,195.94 £1,425.10
1.97 3.27 4.37 6.53
£289.06
8.73
1.31 2.18 2.91
£220.89
£207.95 £204.93 £287.62 £275.52 £340.44 £337.78 £433.18 £455.26 £548.86 £562.52 £668.75 £926.19 £1,104.42 £1,490.13 £1,772.82
1.31
£137.64 £148.21
£10.87 £13.71 £17.24 £21.36 £24.59 £30.31
11
£32.96 £36.30 £43.17 £47.53 £59.62 £74.20 £88.40 £98.46 £173.29 £190.83 £263.08 £289.72
NEW FOR 2010 - Multiple Order Discounts available on this product** Express
Express Plus
Same Day
Economy
;4 Anticipated completion in 6Days* working1days.* Need it faster? Please call. 2 Working 8 Working Working Days* Working Day* Days* *Up to 50,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce Bespoke Sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Please specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge. ** Multiple Orders Where you have a requirement for more than one item of the same material, size and quantity you may take the following Multiple Order Discounts: For two items - 5%; For three items - 7.5%; For four items or more - 10%. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering. This page is printed on 150gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Print Price Guide 2010
For larger sizes on 280gm Silk please see page 14
4.35
0.65 1.09 1.46
£359.12
£244.70
13.10
£269.61 £325.76
£272.91
5.82
£288.08
£283.68
8.73
£218.14
£201.31
2.18
£240.90
£236.67
2.91
0.33
0.07
0.13 0.22
0.54 0.73 1.09
£177.97
£165.24
£177.40 £172.29
26.19
£368.42
£274.76
£192.27
£200.94
£117.81 £125.09
30.00
£353.86
6 Page A4
630mm x 297mm
£274.20
£213.88
£148.88
17.46
£322.79
£235.71
£163.99
£146.25 £139.03
26.20
£222.19
A3
420mm x 297mm
£176.12
£245.93
£120.09 £110.64
£97.57 £101.53
4.37
£207.27
£206.45 £175.03
£81.56
8.73
£143.40
A4
297mm x 210mm
£213.00
£165.66 £143.19
£80.69
13.10
£188.00
£141.76 £120.85
1.46
210mm x 198mm
£179.32 £145.60
£89.78
2.18
2/3 A4
£119.00
£104.26
4.37
£158.47
£70.40 £66.61
6.55
210mm x 148.5mm
£144.49 £119.39
0.29
A5
£97.68
0.44
£127.90
0.58
210mm x 99mm
£123.96 £101.55
0.87
1/3 A4
£90.01
£91.47 £75.41
1.75
£109.83
£62.00 £56.26
2.62
A6
148.5mm x 105mm
0.11
£66.85
0.15
£81.15
0.22
110mm x 85mm or 170mm x 55mm
0.29
£49.99
0.44
£55.08
Double Credit Card
2.62
£96.84
4.35
£82.09
5.82
£67.05
8.70
£54.44
11.64
£44.78
17.46
£38.06
+10,000/2,500 Finishing Options
30.00
£33.87
85mm x 55mm
0.98
10,000
0.65
7,500
0.33
5,000
0.16
2,500
0.07
1,250
0.03
500
0.87
Credit Card
250
1.31
Printed Sides
Size
Silk
30.00
280gm Triple Coated
Full Colour Large Format 150gm Gloss or Silk Page 31 of this catalogue is printed on 150gm Triple Coated Gloss and this page is printed on 150gm Triple Coated Silk £325.96
£416.99
£568.71
£872.13
£1,175.56
£1,478.99
£125.42
£1,157.18 £2,077.18
£1,651.03 £2,766.03
£3,727.88 £2,474.10 £3,914.10
£3,754.64 £5,844.64 £4,120.26 £6,210.26
£7,427.61 £5,221.41 £7,961.41 £5,766.42 £8,506.42
£8,906.17 £5,978.68 £9,368.68 £6,688.17 £10,078.17 £7,412.57 £10,802.57
30.00 30.00 30.00
£3,866.14 £5,516.17
30.00
30.00 28.06 30.00
£2,821.55 £2,824.17
30.00
£7,079.64 £4,687.61
30.00
30.00 18.71 30.00 30.00
18.71 9.36 26.25 30.00
£3,070.28 £4,339.64
30.00
£5,486.55
£2,277.26 £2,211.64
£3,391.41 £1,791.72
30.00
£2,287.88
£5,253.11 £3,396.55
30.00
£3,545.49
30.00
9.36 4.68
3.74
0.75
1.87 0.94
1.87 5.25
13.13 30.00
£3,426.59 £2,105.49
£2,274.41 £3,163.11
£2,709.64 £1,431.16
30.00
£2,669.50
£1,478.55 £1,986.59
£1,733.63 £1,599.12
30.00
£1,554.50
£986.59
30.00
£2,574.95
30.00
£2,513.32 £1,459.95
£1,191.76
£2,027.86 £1,071.11
£2,562.02 £2,393.85
30.00
£992.56 £1,847.56
£2,034.47
£1,080.62 £1,398.32
£712.58
£2,018.32 £1,887.89
30.00
£1,709.80
£1,114.47
£922.72 £680.33
£1,346.08
£1,474.61 £1,381.93
30.00
£893.80
Jumbo Poster
1600mm x 1170mm
£967.79 £1,822.79
£1,992.63
£535.17
£930.91 £875.97
30.00
£1,695.79
£1,798.53
£1,965.36 £1,072.63
£1,005.20
30.00
£879.79
Billboard
£943.53
£659.06 £622.99
30.00
£1,682.06
£1,782.71
£841.86 £1,045.36
7.48
Large Poster
£866.06
£762.99 £496.57
9.11
£1,673.12
£800.66 £430.68
11.60
1188mm x 840mm
£762.27 £927.71
£495.94 £471.20
13.20
A0
£857.12
2.63
£714.52
3.74
1000mm x 700mm
£710.31 £435.32
4.56
Poster
£398.57
£732.49 £396.59
5.80
£678.91
£441.57 £420.60
6.60
840mm x 297mm
0.37
8 Page A4
£376.45
1.05
£691.58
1.50
A1
840mm x 594mm
1.82
£408.95 £390.25
30.00
£295.62
£277.42
28.06
+10,000 /1,000
18.71
10,000
9.36
7,500
4.68
5,000
1.87
2,500
0.94
1,250
0.37
500
A2
1524mm x 1016mm
150gm Triple Coated
250
594mm x 420mm
1350mm x 900mm
Silk
100
2.32
12
Printed Sides
2.64
Size
Gloss
Finishing Options
£221.89 £212.39 £281.82 £149.30 £222.26 £259.08 £331.43 £490.67 £750.67 £540.85 £800.85 £617.82 £877.82 £696.41 £956.41
For smaller sizes on 150gm Gloss please see page 6 and for 150gm Silk please see page 7 +
25%
Reverse Print only Print in Black only + in Black Reverse 25% Turnaround Options ; Turnaround Add 25% to the Single Sided Add 25%Price to the Single Sided Price
Prices for other quantities above 100 may be interpolated in this table.
Express
Express Plus
Same Day
Economy
2 Working 8 Working ;4 Anticipated in 6Days* working1days.* Need Please call. Working Days* completion Working Day* it faster? Days* *Up to 20,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Finishing Options For a key to Finishing Options and pricing please use the throw out on page 106. Tinted finishing icons indicate that particular operation is not possible on that product size.
Please note: When 150gm Triple Coated Gloss or Silk Art Paper is to be folded and colour extends across the fold lines then Crease Folding should be specified to minimise the risk of cracking showing on the fold. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce Bespoke Sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve
This page is printed on 150gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Full Colour Large Format 200gm Silk or Gloss 200gm Triple Coated £312.68
£337.02
£377.61
£499.35
£702.26
£1,108.07
£1,513.89
£1,919.71
£168.52
£1,899.17
£1,246.15 £2,166.15
£1,852.10 £2,967.10
£2,605.94 £4,045.94 £2,862.02 £4,302.02
£4,379.09 £6,469.09 £4,881.86 £6,971.86
£6,152.24 £8,892.24 £6,901.70 £9,641.70
£9,703.75 £6,949.76 £10,339.76 £7,925.39 £11,315.39 £8,921.54 £12,311.54
30.00 30.00 30.00
£4,932.75 £6,313.75
30.00
30.00 30.00 30.00
£3,611.59 £3,491.67
30.00
£8,158.21
30.00
£7,679.71 £5,418.21
30.00
30.00 24.95 30.00 30.00 30.00
24.95 12.47 30.00
12.47 6.24
2.49
4.99 2.49 7.00
17.50 24.95
30.00 30.00
£5,976.67
£3,884.40 £4,939.71
£4,341.01 £2,170.51
30.00
£2,834.36
£3,795.13
£5,655.66 £3,886.67
£2,890.41 £2,713.59
30.00
£1,719.36
30.00
£2,704.35
£3,631.62 £2,355.13
£2,836.05 £3,565.66
30.00
£2,107.42
£2,619.60 £1,589.35
£1,787.70 £2,191.62
£2,169.23 £1,935.51
£3,439.20 £1,719.60
£2,993.93 £2,899.93
30.00
£1,044.17
£1,187.42
£1,263.52 £1,504.60
£1,448.06 £1,157.43
£2,537.39 £1,268.69
£2,344.87 £2,268.39
30.00
£1,738.98
£1,865.10
£768.39
£817.79
£1,695.81 £1,636.85
30.00
£922.98
Jumbo Poster
1600mm x 1170mm
£1,010.10
£1,087.47
£1,635.57
30.00
£1,719.71
£2,049.89
£592.33
£1,046.75 £1,005.30
30.00
£903.71
Billboard
1524mm x 1016mm
£1,831.74
£2,012.39 £1,129.89
£1,184.67
30.00
£1,700.84
£976.74
£722.22 £689.53
30.00
1350mm x 900mm
£1,809.99
£949.02 £1,092.39
9.98
Large Poster
£884.84
£871.12 £534.96
12.15
£1,688.54
£914.13 £457.06
15.47
A0
1188mm x 840mm
£844.18 £954.99
£527.50 £500.07
17.60
£781.28 £872.54
1.25
1000mm x 700mm
£799.00 £457.15
3.50
Poster
£410.47
4.99
£755.73
6.08
840mm x 297mm
£823.94 £411.97
7.73
8 Page A4
£384.92
£462.60 £436.92
8.80
£769.84
1.00
840mm x 594mm
0.50
A1
£399.02
1.40
£423.66
2.00
594mm x 420mm
30.00
+10,000 /1,000
30.00
10,000
24.95
7,500
12.47
5,000
6.24
2,500
2.49
1,250
1.25
500
0.50
250
2.43
A2
Gloss
100
3.09
Printed Sides
3.52
Size
Silk
Page 95 of this catalogue is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Gloss and page 4 is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Silk
Finishing Options
£265.82 £266.38 £374.49 £187.24 £295.35
13
£330.58 £438.69 £577.20 £837.20 £646.20 £906.20 £752.05 £1,012.05 £860.12 £1,120.12
For smaller sizes on 200gm Gloss please see page 8 and for 200gm Silk please see page 9 +
+ in Black Reverse Print Reverse only Print in Black only 25% Turnaround Options Turnaround ; Add 25% to the Single Add Sided 25%Price to the Single Sided Price
Prices for other quantities above 100 may be interpolated in this table.
will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Please specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering.
This page is printed on 150gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Express
Express Plus
Same Day
Economy
;4 Anticipated completion in 6Days* working1days.* Need it faster? Please call. 2 Working 8 Working Working Days* Working Day* Days* *Up to 20,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Print Price Guide 2010
25%
Full Colour Large Format 280gm Gloss or Silk Page 103 of this catalogue is printed on 280gm Triple Coated Gloss and the cover is printed on 280gm Triple Coated Silk £445.71
£598.12
£852.14
£1,360.18
£1,868.23
£2,452.92
£228.51
£1,984.80
£1,393.79 £2,313.79
£2,185.77 £3,300.77
£4,573.73 £3,505.74 £4,945.74
£5,415.31 £7,505.31 £6,145.67 £8,235.67
£9,370.58 £7,696.88 £10,436.88 £8,785.61 £11,525.61
£11,027.26 £8,561.18 £11,951.18 £9,978.46 £13,368.46 £11,425.54 £14,815.54
30.00 30.00 30.00
£5,970.17 £7,637.26
30.00
£8,675.46 £6,630.58
£4,050.26 £4,475.04
30.00
30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00
30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00
£4,664.66 £5,935.46
30.00
£6,789.98
30.00
30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00
17.46 8.73
6.99
1.40
3.49 1.75
3.49 9.80
24.50 30.00
£6,323.66 £4,699.98
£3,220.20 £3,453.31
£5,110.26 £2,555.13
30.00
£3,133.73
£3,359.14 £4,233.66
£4,017.69 £2,008.85
30.00
£3,107.94
£4,209.38
£2,390.13 £2,431.57
30.00
£1,992.94
£3,971.87 £2,769.38
30.00
£2,919.08
30.00
£2,795.97 £1,804.08
£2,053.63 £2,531.87
30.00
£2,228.47
£1,400.87 £1,680.97
£1,560.07 £1,409.84
£2,925.13 £1,462.56
£3,501.70 £3,615.12
30.00
£1,129.80
£1,308.47
£898.98
£916.28
£2,729.73 £2,806.34
30.00
£1,787.40
£1,935.31
£1,145.03
£1,832.56
£1,957.77 £1,997.56
30.00
£971.40
Jumbo Poster
1600mm x 1170mm
£1,080.31
£643.14
£1,185.81 £1,188.78
30.00
£1,759.42
£2,144.90
£1,286.28
30.00
£943.42
Billboard
£1,886.84
£2,090.43 £1,224.90
£799.83 £784.39
30.00
£1,732.01
£1,855.25 £1,031.84
£1,009.22 £1,170.43
13.97
Large Poster
£916.01
£896.01 £592.46
17.01
£1,714.14
£958.51 £479.26
21.66
1188mm x 840mm
£878.66 £1,000.25
£568.24 £541.76
24.64
A0
£898.14
4.90
£800.33
6.99
1000mm x 700mm
£813.01 £490.29
8.51
Poster
£428.98
£849.26 £424.63
10.83
£763.20
£491.05 £460.88
12.32
840mm x 297mm
0.70
8 Page A4
£391.85
1.96
£783.70
2.79
A1
840mm x 594mm
3.40
£444.73 £412.35
30.00
£394.90
£364.42
30.00
+10,000 /1,000
30.00
10,000
30.00
7,500
8.73
5,000
3.49
2,500
1.75
1,250
0.70
500
A2
1524mm x 1016mm
280gm Triple Coated
250
594mm x 420mm
1350mm x 900mm
Silk
100
4.33
14
Printed Sides
4.93
Size
Gloss
Finishing Options
£318.08 £343.51 £457.03 £228.51 £342.03 £436.80 £550.32 £720.79 £980.79 £821.02 £1,081.02 £974.79 £1,234.79 £1,131.78 £1,391.78
For smaller sizes on 280gm Gloss please see page 10 and for 280gm Silk please see page 11 +
25%
+ in Black Reverse Print Reverse only Print in Black only 25% Turnaround Options Turnaround ; Add 25% to the Single Add Sided 25%Price to the Single Sided Price
Prices for other quantities above 100 may be interpolated in this table.
Express
Express Plus
Same Day
Economy
;4 Anticipated completion in 6Days* working1days.* Need it faster? Please call. 2 Working 8 Working Working Days* Working Day* Days* *Up to 20,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Finishing Options For a key to Finishing Options and pricing please use the throw out on page 106. Tinted finishing icons indicate that particular operation is not possible on that product size. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples.
Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce Bespoke Sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Please specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering.
This page is printed on 150gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Every Friday from 10pm
TRANCE NATION with DJ ‘Sammy Nitro’
VIP GUEST DJ
Full Colour Handouts
INTRODUCTION
MUSIC LOUNGE
every last Friday each month
ONLY
Our Handouts are printed in Full Colour on 350gm Triple Coated Matt Art Card with a high gloss coating to the face side for maximum impact.* A wide variety of finishing can be carried out on Handouts, from creasing and perforating, to round cornering and drilling, making them perfect for a huge range of applications, such as Table Menus and Swing Tickets, as well as their traditional application in Night Club Promotion. Special Shapes We can also Die-Cut Handouts of A5 size and upwards in to any shape you can think of! The cost of a die-cutting forme starts at just £60.00 + VAT. This cost is incurred only once. On subsequent runs we can use the same forme again. This page is printed on 150gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Please submit your design for us to price the forme required. The cost of Die-Cutting is calculated from a setup charge and then a run on cost per 1000.
leave enough room to affix the magnet(s). Magnets are available in any quantity for just 5p + VAT each.
Set up charge £45.00 + VAT Running Cost £30.00 + VAT per 1000
Please Note: We recommend applying two magnets to 2/3 A4 and A4 size Handouts.
Fridge Magnets
*Page 1 of your file will be laminated.
You can turn your Full Colour Handouts in to simple but effective Fridge Magnets. Our self-adhesive magnets are supplied loose for affixing to your Handouts. They are 12mm wide x 50mm long. Whilst being exceptionally strong magnets they have an ultra low profile of just 1.5mm. Because the magnets are small there is still room to print additional information on the reverse. Simply
Any shape is possible!
Full Colour Handouts 350gm Matt with Gloss Coated Face Side A sample Handout is attached to the previous page
Matt £42.73
£52.20
£66.04
£84.37
£104.81
£125.64
£11.96
£306.52 £428.09
£337.20 £400.63 £531.48
£338.30 £421.80 £544.98 £676.11
£518.51 £457.31 £544.27 £756.12 £922.56
£503.82 £644.15 £591.21 £714.63 £977.51 £1,192.68
£447.83 £400.08 £544.76 £603.94 £772.17 £727.68 £888.25 £1,203.13 £1,467.97
3.27 3.51 5.44 7.28
£377.51 £321.96
10.91
2.46 2.64 4.08
1.64 1.76 2.72 3.64
0.82
0.41 0.44
0.88 1.36 1.82
5.46 8.19
£454.44
£312.18 £268.26
14.55
£405.55
£373.58 £333.74
£272.29 £221.23
2183
A3
420mm x 297mm
£253.50
£397.22
£314.92 £268.59
£179.66 £193.24
30.00
£275.53
£306.60
£260.42 £223.79
10.92
£197.62
£323.28
£365.81
£227.14 £184.55
16.36
A4
297mm x 210mm
£233.40
£300.72 £268.65
£149.88 £161.21
30.00
£268.08
£253.50 £216.20
5.46
£184.66
£296.29
£209.63 £180.14
7.28
2/3 A4
210mm x 198mm
£242.52
£182.84 £148.55
10.91
£202.04
£234.71 £223.02
£120.65 £129.76
21.83
210mm x 148.5mm
£193.70 £170.56
£199.25 £184.20
2.73
A5
£135.51
£166.49 £136.91
3.64
£162.43
£145.05 £114.65
5.46
210mm x 99mm
£165.28 £142.72
£96.77 £99.99
10.91
1/3 A4
£114.76
0.68
£139.15
0.91
148.5mm x 105mm
£139.13 £106.04
1.36
A6
£85.23
£89.75
1.82
£117.82
£121.12
2.73
132mm x 76mm
£81.44 £78.19
5.46
Standard
£72.84
0.16
£102.51
0.18
110mm x 85mm or 170mm x 55mm
0.27
£63.40
0.36
£69.34
Double Credit Card
0.55
85mm x 55mm
1.64
+10,000/2,500
1.23
10,000
0.82
7,500
0.41
5,000
0.20
2,500
0.08
1,250
0.73
16
500
1.09
Credit Card
Printed Sides
2.18
Size
350gm Triple Coated Finishing Options
£15.08 £18.97 £23.50 £27.05 £33.34 £36.26 £39.92 £47.49 £52.29 £65.58 £81.62 £97.25 £108.30 £136.46 £159.65 £227.41 £260.59
NEW FOR 2010 - Multiple Order Discounts available on this product** + Reverse Print in Black + Reverse Print in Black only only Turnaround Options ; 25% 25% Addto25% to the Single Sided PriceTurnaround ; Anticipated Add 25% the Single Sided Price
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Finishing Options For a key to Finishing Options and pricing please use the throw out on page 106. Tinted finishing icons indicate that particular operation is not possible on that product size. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples.
Express
Express Plus
Economy
4 WorkinginDays* 2 days.* 8 Working completion 6 working Please call. WorkingNeed Days* it faster? Days*
*Up to 50,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce Bespoke Sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Please specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge. ** Multiple Orders Where you have a requirement for more than one item of the same material, size and quantity you may take the following Multiple Order Discounts: For two items - 5%; For three items - 7.5%; For four items or more - 10%. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering. This page is printed on 150gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Sample Full Colour 100gm Executive These reduced size samples of a Letterhead and 1/3 A4 Compliment Slip are printed in Full Colour on 100gm White Executive paper. See page 19 for pricing information on Full Colour Stationery. Our 100gm White Executive paper has been selected for its Laser and Inkjet compatibility.
17
Print Price Guide 2010
1/3 A4 Compliment Slip
A4 Letterhead This page is printed on 100gm Executive paper
Sample 100gm Executive Full Colour Envelope Made then Printed This portion of the Envelope shows the possibilities of printing on a ‘Made then Printed’ Envelope.
Printed then Made This portion of the Envelope shows the possibilities of printing on a ‘Printed then Made’ Envelope.
18
This sample is printed in Full Colour and is actually a ‘Printed then Made’ Envelope on 100gm Executive paper. It has been designed so that half replicates a ‘Made then Printed’ Envelope, as annotated. See page 28 for ‘Made then Printed’ Envelopes and page 29 for ‘Printed then Made’ Envelopes. This page is printed on 100gm Executive paper
Full Colour Executive Stationery 100gm Page 18 is printed on 100gm Executive Paper
Our Executive Stationery has been designed specifically to be compatible with Inkjet and Laser Printers
100gm Executive Letterheads and Compliment Slips £243.58
£318.76
£396.46
£98.96
£81.79 £123.74
£108.53 £164.20
£281.58 £397.36 £163.55 £247.45
£633.68 £379.86 £587.22 £219.65 £390.98
4.65
3.10
1.60
+ + Reverse Reverse Print in Print Black in Black only only 25% 25% Turnaround ; Turnaround ; Options Anticipated Add 25% Addto25% the to Single the Single Sided Price Sided Price
£413.31
3.30
£261.79
£428.52
£486.71
1.60
£91.89
£65.41
£183.89
£306.04
2.20
£60.74
£150.26
£280.09
£361.67
1.10
1/3 A4
210mm x 99mm Compliment Slip
£128.93
£197.94
1.10
£112.04
£102.90
£242.65
0.50
210mm x 210mm Letterhead
£87.33
£152.99
0.80
£75.97
£107.84
0.55
Square
£130.81
£147.04
0.30
£114.11
£90.82
0.32
£78.77
0.22
A4
297mm x 210mm Letterhead
£126.84
0.10
£111.01
£616.57 £524.59 £803.27 £481.88 £744.12 £277.95 £449.77
3.10
£162.21
6.20
£97.97
4.40
£83.76
+10,000/2,500 Finishing Options
2.10
£73.06
210mm x 148.5mm Letterhead
2.40
10,000
1.60
7,500
0.80
5,000
0.40
2,500
0.16
1,250
0.08
500
0.16
A5
250
0.11
Printed Sides
0.05
Size
Express
£37.16 £64.02 £53.98 £83.59
19
£45.25 £77.35 £29.47 £52.53 Express Plus
Economy
completion 6 working Need it faster? Please call. 4 WorkinginDays* 2 days.* 8 Working Working Days* Days*
*Up to 50,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
210mm x 210mm
£4.60
£9.19
£15.32 £30.62 £23.00
£30.62 £61.24 £45.99
£61.24 £122.47 £91.98
£91.85 £183.72 £137.97
10,000 £122.47 £244.95 £183.96
+10,000/2,500 Finishing Options 4.40 6.20 3.10
Square
£6.12 £12.24
7,500 3.30 4.65 2.40
£6.12
5,000 2.20 3.10 1.60
£3.07
297mm x 210mm
2,500 1.10 1.60 0.80
210mm x 148.5mm
1,250 0.55 0.80 0.40
A4
500
£31.09 £61.24 £45.99 Same Day
Turnaround ; Anticipated completion in Turnaround 6 working days.* Options Need ; it faster? PleaseDay* call. 1 Working
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Finishing Options For a key to Finishing Options and pricing please use the throw out on page 106. Tinted finishing icons indicate that particular operation is not possible on that product size. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Gloss Art Paper
Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce Bespoke Sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Please specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering.
Print Price Guide 2010
A5
250
0.22 0.32 0.16
Size
Unprinted 0.11 0.16 0.08
100gm Executive
Deskpads 100gm Executive Page 18 is printed on 100gm Executive Paper Our Deskpads consist of 50 sheets of 100gm white Executive Paper printed in One Colour, Two Colours or Full Colour on one side and bound on either the long or short edge to a 1.2mm grey backing board. They can also be printed in Black and White on the reverse if required.
Their perennial nature and exceptional cost effectiveness make them an extremely potent medium, whatever the message! When ordering Notepads and Deskpads please state whether you require top, bottom, left or right hand side glueing.
Please note: The paper used for our Deskpads is white. ‘Coloured paper’ is achieved by printing the required background colour as part of the print process. The reverse of each sheet is always white.
Deskpads 100gm Executive
A2
594mm x 420mm
£14.62
£223.72
£248.85
£19.10
£140.94
£158.79
£176.62
£13.55
Two Colour
£110.79
Full Colour
£124.74
One Colour
£104.68
Two Colour
£125.61
Full Colour
£133.91
One Colour
£110.13
Two Colour
£128.85
£241.76
£230.40
£20.64 £14.98 1.52
1.14
£234.28
£17.99
£288.70
£22.15
£261.66 2.28
£233.21 £272.86
£15.86
£195.24
£259.55
£204.75 £239.57
£210.63
£206.65 £268.91
£175.53 0.76
£155.82 £186.98
£185.78
£306.14
£29.07 3.04
£184.84
1.04
£163.06
£94.69
0.78
£115.43
0.52
Full Colour One Colour
£164.91
£34.01
£146.85
£273.01
£310.95
£348.88
£38.75
£141.69
£238.01
£280.70
£323.39
£47.18
Two Colour
£168.61
Full Colour
£208.36
Full Colour
£295.65
+
20%
£350.01 £466.66
£334.03 £412.79 £587.79
£384.82
6.08
Full Colour One Colour
£283.23
£56.14
£475.56 £708.90
Finishing Options
£12.18 0.76
0.57
0.38
0.19
£190.49
£69.38 12.40
420mm x 297mm
+100/25 Pads
£158.74
4.56
A3
£171.26
9.30
297mm x 210mm
100 Pads
£142.71
1.52
A4
£129.20 £155.03
3.04
210mm x 148.5mm
75 Pads
6.20
A5
£102.12
0.26
210mm x 99mm
£85.11
Two Colour
0.38
1/3 A4
One Colour
50 Pads
0.76
148.5mm x 105mm
25 Pads
1.52
A6
Printed In
3.12
Size
20
£124.18
Reverse Print in Black only Express Express Plus Economy Turnaround Options ; completion Turnaround ; Anticipated in 12 working days.* Need it faster?Working Please call. Add 20% to the Single Sided Price Working Days* Working Days* Days*
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Finishing Options For a key to Finishing Options and pricing please use the throw out on page 106. Tinted finishing icons indicate that particular operation is not possible on that product size. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples.
6
3
12
*Up to 100 pads, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Bespoke Sizes We can cut deskpads up to A4 size to any special shape. The cost of the Cutting Forme (which is a one off cost) depends on the complexity of the shape required. Minimum dimensions for a die cut pad are 148.5mm x 105mm. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Gloss Art Paper
Sample Full Colour 120gm equest速 These reduced size samples of a Letterhead and 1/3 A4 Compliment Slip are printed in Full Colour on 120gm equest速 paper. See page 23 for information on our Full Colour equest速 Stationery.
21
Print Price Guide 2010
1/3 A4 Compliment Slip
A4 Letterhead This page is printed on 120gm equest速 paper
Sample 120gm equest®
22
1/3 A4 Compliment Slip Samples printed on our premium stock, equest®, are affixed to this page. The Compliment Slip is printed on 120gm equest®. Prices for Letterheads, Compliment Slips and Unprinted Stock can be found on page 24. The Business Card is printed on 400gm equest® and prices for Business Cards and Postcards can be found on page 25.
Business Card
This page is printed on 120gm equest® paper
Full Colour Premium Stationery
INTRODUCTION
equest® is an exclusive range of FSC paper and board which is hailed in the industry as a benchmark in terms of quality and usability. It has unique features which have helped establish it as a market leader. Quality
Unique Features
equest® sets the standard in terms of sheet smoothness and whiteness. equest® is guaranteed Inkjet and Laser compatible and is great to work with. It makes a definite statement when it arrives on someone’s desk or is presented as a Business Card.
equest® is the only material which is not only watermarked on Letterheads but also on every Compliment Slip. With other brands, where the Compliment Slips are printed on Letterhead paper the watermark ends up being only on every third Compliment Slip - rather disconcerting for a ‘quality’ product. With equest® you can be sure that every slip will be watermarked like every other.
Being fully FSC compliant means that it can bear the FSC logo to signal that the company presenting the Business Card, Letterhead or Compliment Slip really cares about the environment and has made a positive contribution.
This page is printed on 115gm Silk Art paper.
The matching equest® Business Card stock is a solid 400gm. This means you can now have fabulous stationery and impressive Business Cards at the same time.
The advent of equest® means that the flimsy Business Card compromises that previously undermined quality presentations are in the past!
equest® Throughout equest® can form the start and finish of your printing. The 400gm Business Card material can also be specified for Invitation Cards and Postcards (see page 25) and the same equest® quality can be chosen for your Envelopes (see pages 28 & 29) and Corporate Booklets (see page 62). Image is important, make sure you present your business in the best possible light.
equest ® Request® by name! Please Note: 400gm equest, equest Envelopes and equest Booklets are not watermarked. Letterheads and Compliments Slips may be specified with no watermark for a 10% uplift in price.
Full Colour Premium Stationery 120gm equest® Page 22 is printed on 120gm equest®
120gm equest® Letterheads and Compliment Slips
+
25%
£172.38
£122.55 £180.49
£274.30 £383.70 £175.88 £245.48
£483.24 £683.68 £257.47 £361.86
£1,019.75 £686.59 £917.77 £324.89 £432.13
5.70
3.80
1.90
0.95
£762.88
3.90
£237.57
£759.65
£866.79
1.87
£165.48
£109.28
£161.35
£536.93
2.60
£100.24
£194.16
£426.34
£645.70
1.25
1/3 A4
210mm x 99mm Compliment Slip
£123.23
£304.78
1.30
£174.60
£263.97
£362.39
0.63
£107.69
210mm x 210mm Letterhead
£215.73
£179.28
0.65
£194.00
£136.93
£224.37
0.32
£119.66
£183.37
0.38
£164.90
£1,087.87 £988.83 £1,279.85 £889.95 £1,151.86 £392.32 £502.40
£168.10
3.92
£840.51
£217.57 £197.77
7.60
£648.45
£255.97 £177.99
5.20
£456.39
+10,000/2,500 Finishing Options
£230.37 £78.46
2.50
£259.06
2.94
£152.39
1.96
£116.39
0.98
£101.71
0.48
10,000
0.19
7,500
0.10
5,000
£100.48
+ Express Express Plus Reverse Print in Black only Economy Reverse Print in Black only 25% Turnaround Options ;completion Turnaround ; Anticipated in 6Days* working days.* Need call. Working Working Days*it faster? Please 25% to the Single Sided Price Working Days* Add 25% Add to the Single Sided Price
4
8
2
*Up to 50,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Unprinted
£11.32
£22.64
£66.61 £56.60
£66.66 £133.21 £113.19
7,500
£133.32 £266.42 £226.38
£199.98 £399.63 £339.57
10,000 £266.64 £532.84 £452.76
120gm equest®
+10,000/2,500 Finishing Options 5.20 7.60 3.92
Square 210mm x 210mm
£26.64
£33.33
5,000
3.90 5.70 2.94
£13.32
£13.33
2,500
2.60 3.80 1.96
£6.67
A4 297mm x 210mm
1,250
1.30 1.90 0.98
A5 210mm x 148.5mm
500
0.65 0.95 0.48
250
0.26 0.38 0.19
Size
0.13 0.19 0.10
24
2,500
0.26
Square
1,250
0.13
A4
297mm x 210mm Letterhead
500
0.19
A5
210mm x 148.5mm Letterhead
250
0.13
Printed Sides
0.07
Size
£66.66 £133.21 £113.19 Same Day
Turnaround Options ; it faster? 1 Working Turnaround ; Anticipated completion in 6 working days.* Need PleaseDay call. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Our Premium equest® Stationery has been designed specifically to be compatible with Inkjet and Laser Printers.
Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Finishing Options For a key to Finishing Options and pricing please use the throw out on page 106. Tinted finishing icons indicate that particular operation is not possible on that product size. Please Note: We do not laminate equest®. We can crease equest® ready for folding, however, please be aware that cracking can occur through coloured print on the folds. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. This page is printed on 115gm Silk Art Paper
Full Colour Premium Business Cards & Postcards 400gm equest® A Sample of 400gm equest® can be found attached to page 22
400gm equest®
£535.69
£463.47 £618.29
£492.31 £698.43 £915.16
£547.58 £691.89 £1,005.51 £1,293.23
£599.31 £825.65 £999.32 £1,672.89 £2,122.85
£692.66 £833.77 £1,174.85 £1,396.44 £2,381.97 £2,963.46
£607.97 £630.95 £779.52 £883.98 £1,068.23 £1,524.05 £1,793.56 £3,091.05 £3,804.06
1.87 3.74 6.24
2.80 4.68
£446.62
8.32
£608.66
6.24
1.87 3.12 4.16
0.94
0.19
0.47 0.78
1.56 2.08
£487.32
£486.12
12.47
£501.33
£474.91
9.36
£413.05
£437.80
£344.74
£349.13
24.94
£373.58
£328.29
£343.69
6.24
£291.96
£331.30
£341.85
£380.71
18.70
£391.17
£224.65
£254.74
£242.87
£270.21
£395.39
+10,000/2,500 Finishing Options
30.00
£397.00
£291.11
£250.09
£258.67
£275.29
£310.65
30.00
£334.49
£243.14
£189.66
£178.46
£191.28
12.47
£246.97
£183.59
£195.73
£212.07
£225.90
24.94
£210.86
£221.37
£132.38
£140.48
3.12
£162.61
£153.90
£162.25
£177.20
6.24
£192.47
£180.37
£108.31
1.04
£132.88
£119.29
£137.38
1.56
£154.89
£144.21
0.31
£101.71
£95.06
0.42
£114.77
£106.69
0.62
£75.34
0.09
£88.18
1.41
£287.66
0.94
£223.38
0.47
£159.10
0.23
£123.30
0.09
£94.81
0.05
£75.61
12.47
A3
420mm x 297mm
£62.17
3.12
297mm x 210mm
10,000
6.24
A4
7,500
1.25
A5
210mm x 148.5mm
5,000
2.49
1/3 A4
210mm x 99mm
2,500
0.16
A6 Postcard
148.5mm x 105mm
1,250
0.21
110mm x 85mm or 170mm x 55mm
500
0.31
Double Credit Card
250
0.62
Credit Card
85mm x 55mm
Printed Sides
1.25
Size
£57.43 £75.33 £70.62 £93.84 £91.24
25
£118.58 £128.61 £152.30 £170.28 £209.03 £312.91 £354.41 £635.48 £750.03
+
25%
Reverse Print in Black + Express Express Plus Reverse Printonly in Black only Economy Turnaround ; Anticipated in 6 working days.* Need it faster? Please call. 25% Turnaround Options ;completion Add 25% to the25% Single Sided PriceSided Price Working Days* Working Days* Add to the Single Working Days*
4
2
8
*Up to 50,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce Bespoke Sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Please specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge. ** Multiple Orders Where you have a requirement for more than one item of the same material, size and quantity you may take the following Multiple Order Discounts: For up to two items - 5%; for up to four items -10%; for up to six items -15%; for seven items or more -20%. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering. This page is printed on 115gm Silk Art Paper
Print Price Guide 2010
NEW FOR 2010 - Multiple Order Discounts available on this product**
Non Standard Printing Stock Selector Non Standard Full Colour Printing is printed on our B3 Heidelberg SM52 Printing Presses. The small format press gives us the flexibility to print on a wide range of stocks. We use the same digitally imaged origination and aluminium plates as for our Standard Colour Printing. If you would like a material which is not listed please ask our Quotes Department for a price.
Instructions for using Non Standard Print Tables and Stock Selector. Step 1: Decide what quantity you require.
Step 4: Determine the total cost of the job.
For calculating costs you need to know the number of 100s (over 250) in your required quantity.
This is simply the cost of stock plus the cost of print.
E.g.
26
E.g.
For a quantity of 800 the number of 100s over 250 is: 800 - 250 = 550 550 100 = 5.5
For 800 A5 Printed Full Colour Single Sided on 100gm Zeta. Total price is: £32.57 + £117.58 = £150.15
Step 2: Determine the cost of the stock.
Step 5: Determine the carriage code for your job.
Obtain the Stock Factor from the table on page 27 for the quantity you would like.
Obtain the Carriage Factor from the table on page 27 for the quantity you would like.
E.g.
E.g.
Stock Factor for 800 A5 = 1.34 (for 250) + 0.40 (per 100) x 5.5 = 3.54
Carriage Factor for 800 A5 = 0.078 (for 250) + 0.031(per 100) x 5.5 = 0.249
Multiply this result by the Stock Multiplier for your chosen stock.
Multiply this result by the Carriage Multiplier for your chosen stock.
E.g.
E.g.
For 800 A5 on 100gm Zeta the cost of stock is: 9.2 (Stock Multiplier) x 3.54 (Stock Factor) = £32.57
For 800 A5 on 100gm Zeta the carriage code is: 1.00 (Carriage Multiplier) x 0.249 = 0.249
Step 3: Determine the cost of the print. E.g.
For 800 A5 Printed Full Colour Single Sided, the cost of print would be: £103.06 (for 250) + 5.5 x £2.64 (per 100) = £117.58
80gm Paper
100gm Tinted Paper
Colour Range White
Cream/Vellum, Sunlight Yellow, Celestial Blue, Jade, Ivory
Stock Multiplier
Stock Multiplier
2.3
3.3
Carriage Multiplier
0.80
Colour Range
Cream/Vellum, Sunlight Yellow, Celestial Blue, Jade, Ivory
4.2
Stock Multiplier Carriage Multiplier
1.00
You can obtain your carriage cost from the table on page 107.
100gm Zeta
100gm Conqueror
(Linen or Hammer)
(Laid or Wove)
Colour Range
Colour Range
Brilliant White, White, Ivory
9.2
Stock Multiplier Carriage Multiplier
1.00
Diamond White, Brilliant White, High White, Cream
8.5
Stock Multiplier Carriage Multiplier
1.00
Additional Time Required + 0 Working Day
Additional Time Required + 0 Working Day
Additional Time Required + 2 Working Day
Additional Time Required + 1 Working Day
120gm Conqueror CX22
160gm Card
260gm Zeta Card
300gm Conqueror Card
Colour Range Diamond White
Stock Multiplier Carriage Multiplier
10.5 2.60
Additional Time Required + 1 Working Day
Colour Range White
Cream/Vellum, Sunlight Yellow, Celestial Blue, Jade, Ivory
Stock Multiplier
Stock Multiplier
10.2
10.6
Carriage Multiplier
1.60
Additional Time Required + 1 Working Day
(Linen or Hammer)
Colour Range
Brilliant White, White, Ivory
(Laid or Wove)
Colour Range
Diamond White, Brilliant White, High White, Cream
105gm Mellotex Colour Range
Smooth Ultra White
9.7
Stock Multiplier Carriage Multiplier
1.05
Additional Time Required + 1 Working Day 320gm Conqueror CX22 Colour Range Diamond White
Stock Multiplier
27.0
Stock Multiplier
26.7
Stock Multiplier
28.0
Carriage Multiplier
2.60
Carriage Multiplier
3.00
Carriage Multiplier
3.20
Additional Time Required + 2 Working Day
Additional Time Required + 1 Working Day
Additional Time Required + 1 Working Day
This page is printed on 115gm Silk Art Paper
Full Colour Non Standard Print Prices The prices in the table below do not include the cost of stock and are for printing only. Before using this table please refer to the instructions on the opposite page.
Non Standard Printing Size
Single Sided
Double Sided
Carriage Factor
250
0.200
£77.35
£147.05
0.012
+ per 100
0.060
£1.43
£2.64
0.005
Double Credit Card 110mm x 85mm or 170mm x 55mm
250
0.400
£79.48
£150.88
0.023
+ per 100
0.120
£1.54
£3.19
0.009
A6
250
0.670
£80.75
£155.55
0.039
148.5mm x 105mm
1/3 A4
210mm x 99mm
A5
210mm x 148.5mm
A4
297mm x 210mm
A3
420mm x 297mm
+
Stock Factor
85mm x 55mm
Credit Card
+ per 100
0.200
£1.76
£3.28
0.016
250
0.870
£94.14
£179.78
0.052
+ per 100
0.260
£2.53
£3.74
0.021
250
1.340
£103.06
£193.59
0.078
+ per 100
0.400
£2.64
£3.85
0.031
250
2.680
£139.00
£264.00
0.156
+ per 100
0.800
£3.96
£7.48
0.062
250
5.360
£186.50
£318.75
0.312
+ per 100
1.600
£5.94
£9.57
0.124
Finishing Options
27
+ Express Express Plus Reverse Print Reverse in Black Printonly in Black only Economy 25% Turnaround Turnaround ; Anticipated Options ;completion in 6 working days.* Need it faster? Please call. Working Days* Working Days* Add 25% to Add the25% Single to the Sided Single PriceSided Price Working Days*
4
2
8
*Up to 50,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases.
Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples.
Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105.
Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce Bespoke Sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Please specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge.
Finishing Options For a key to Finishing Options and pricing please use the throw out on page 106. Tinted finishing icons indicate that particular operation is not possible on that product size. Not all finishing options are available on all stocks. Please Note: We do not laminate uncoated materials. We can Fold or Crease Fold materials less than 285gm and crease thicker materials ready for folding. Please be aware that cracking can occur through coloured print on the folds. This page is printed on 115gm Silk Art Paper
Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering.
Print Price Guide 2010
25%
Quantity
Envelopes - ‘Made then Printed’ Spot Colour or Full Colour A sample Envelope can be found on page 18
Plus Cost of Envelopes
Obtain your Carriage cost from the table on page 107.
Table 1
Per Extra Colour
Pricing Envelopes
Full Colour
Before using the pricing tables please establish the number of 100 Envelopes you require over 250. E.g. For a quantity of 686 the number of 100s over 250 is: 686 - 250 = 436 436 ÷ 100 = 4.36
Size
PLUS OR
+ per 100
£72.98
£1.89
£51.45
£1.26
£213.94
£5.78
Please Note: The table above is for printing prices only, to choose the Envelope required please use the table below. C6 Envelopes can only be printed in one colour. Plain Envelopes
Stock
Texture
Colour Range
90gm White (Self Seal)
Smooth
White
£10.45
100gm Zeta Textured (Peel & Seal)
Linen or Hammer
White, Brilliant White, Ivory
£60.14
120gm Conqueror (Peel & Seal)
Wove or Laid
Diamond White, Brilliant White, High White, Cream
£50.97
120gm Conqueror CX22 (Peel & Seal)
Smooth
Diamond White
£50.97
120gm equest® (Peel & Seal)
Smooth
White (Unwatermarked)
£43.62
C6 162mm x 114mm
100gm White (Self Seal)
Smooth
White
£9.95
100gm White (Self Seal)
Smooth
White
£16.40
C5
120gm Conqueror (Peel & Seal)
Wove or Laid
Diamond White, Brilliant White, High White, Cream
£77.01
120gm Conqueror CX22 (Peel & Seal)
Smooth
Diamond White
£77.01
120gm equest® (Peel & Seal)
Smooth
White (Unwatermarked)
£61.19
DL
220mm x 110mm
229mm x 162mm
C4
324mm x 229mm
250
100gm White (Self Seal)
Smooth
White
£23.45
100gm Zeta Textured (Peel & Seal)
Linen or Hammer
White, Brilliant White, Ivory
£186.33
120gm Conqueror (Peel & Seal)
Wove or Laid
Diamond White, Brilliant White, High White, Cream
£169.32
120gm Conqueror CX22 (Peel & Seal)
Smooth
Diamond White
£169.32
120gm equest® (Peel & Seal)
Smooth
White (Unwatermarked)
£131.74
*Up to 5,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Table 2
Windowed Envelopes
+ per 100
Express
£3.12 £17.28 £14.65 £14.65 £12.54 £2.89 £4.74 £22.27
£22.27 £17.67 £6.79 £53.91 £48.54
£48.54 £38.12
Envelope Choice 250
£11.92 £67.81 £60.48 £60.48 £51.75
+ per 100
n/a £18.69 £87.79 £87.79 £69.76 £26.72
Express Plus
£17.38 £17.38 £14.89 £5.40 £25.39 £25.39 £20.15 £7.74 n/a £61.46 £43.84
n/a £151.50
£19.48
n/a
n/a £212.42
£3.56
0.06 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.03
First Colour
Cost of Printing
250
0.14 0.14 0.14 0.12 0.12 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.04 0.03 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.03
Colours
Thickness Printable Area Flaps
0.12 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.04
If you are in any doubt about the practicalities of a design please contact us for advice.
0.14
Use to determine the cost of Envelopes. E.g. For 686 DL 90gm Plain White Envelopes the cost of the Envelopes is £10.45 (for 250) + 4.36 x £3.12 (per 100) = £24.05
n/a 0.14
Printing across different thicknesses (e.g. the flap) is not successful. Please see the schematic below.
0.12 0.12 0.12 0.10 0.08
2.
Use to determine the Carriage code. E.g. For 686 DL 90gm Plain White Envelopes the Carriage code is 0.08 (for 250) + 4.36 x 0.03 (per 100) = 0.21
0.30 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.09
Print must not extend closer than 10mm from any of the edges.
Use to determine the print cost. E.g. For 686 Envelopes printed in one colour the cost of printing is: £72.98 (for 250) + 4.36 x £1.89 (per 100) = £81.22
0.36 0.36 0.36 0.30 0.30 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.09 0.08 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.10 0.08
28
1.
Carriage Code
0.36
When designing for print on Pre-Made Envelopes two inherent limitations must be considered:
Cost of print
0.36
By using Pre-Made Envelopes small numbers can be printed relatively inexpensively.
Economy
Turnaround Turnaround ; Anticipated Options ;completion in 8Days* working3days.* Need it faster? Please call. 6 Working 12 Working Working Day* Days* This page is printed on 115gm Silk Art Paper
Envelopes - ‘Printed then Made’ Spot Colour or Full Colour A sample Envelope can be found on page 18
Printing before making Envelopes removes the limitations of the ‘Made then Printed’ Envelopes detailed on page 28. It is possible to print on every part of the Envelope, and even on the inside if required. The only disadvantage of producing Envelopes this way is that the cost of setup is quite high, making small runs expensive. For larger runs the costs compare favourably with ‘Made then Printed’ Envelopes.
29
Our standard size is C5 but we can provide a bespoke quote for your specific Envelope requirements.
Printing Envelopes can be printed on either 100gm Executive stock (page 17 is printed on this material) or 115gm Gloss Art (page 19 is printed on this material) or 120gm equest® (page 22 is printed on equest®).
Cost of Stock £44.85
115gm Gloss Art
£41.12
120gm equest® (not-watermarked)
£118.24
Colours First Colour 229mm x 162mm Gummed, Plain or Windowed
£3.18 £9.28
Cost of Production
Cost of Production
C5
£3.47
0.10 0.05 0.04
100gm Executive
+ per 100
PLUS
Per Extra Colour Full Colour One Colour Reverse
OR OR IF REQUIRED
250
+ per 100
£1110.00
£9.51
£89.92
£5.12
£1289.95
£11.05
£72.69
£4.07
Self Seal
Add
£125.00
£2.25
Self Seal + Window
Add
£625.00
£4.00
Express
Economy
Turnaround ; Anticipated completion in 18 working Need it faster? Please call. Turnaround Options ; 16days.* 32 Working Working Day* Days* All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
This page is printed on 115gm Silk Art Paper
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering.
Print Price Guide 2010
C5
229mm x 162mm
250 0.24 0.10 0.09
Stock
400gm Products
INTRODUCTION Our Business Cards and Postcards are printed on luxury 400gm Triple Coated Matt Art card. They can be printed in Full Colour on one side only, in Full Colour with Black and White on the reverse, or in Full Colour on both sides.
Supplements for the same type of lamination on the reverse of any size card are also shown. Special Shapes We can Die-Cut Postcards of A5 size and upwards in to any shape you can think of! The one-off cost of a Die-Cutting Forme starts at just £60.00 + VAT. This cost is incurred only once. On subsequent runs we can use the same Forme again. Please submit your design for us to price the Forme required. The cost of Die-Cutting is calculated from a setup charge and then a run on cost per 1000. Set up charge £45.00 + VAT Running cost £30.00 + VAT per 1000.
Finishing We are able to offer a number of finishing options for our Cards, these options are detailed beside each Card. Please refer to the throw out section attached to page 106 for details. Please Note: If colour extends across the fold (on either side of the Card) we strongly recommend lamination to minimise the risk of cracking on the fold. Also, double sided lamination must be the same laminate on each side.
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Full Colour Business Cards & Postcards 400gm Matt, Gloss Laminated
1.87
1.41
0.94
0.47
0.23
0.09
0.05
£271.82
£379.33
£486.85
3.74
£210.71
2.80
£158.64
1.87
£27.54 £61.90
0.94
£138.67 £308.84
0.47
£109.11 £242.44
0.19
£79.55
£100.43
£175.53
£34.86
£285.18
£363.32
£72.85
£142.77
£186.78
£247.97
£319.88
£446.42
£572.96
6.24
£138.11
£207.03
4.68
£100.69
£160.54
3.12
£55.94
£120.90
1.56
£31.07
£92.44
0.78
£21.80
£79.65
0.31
£19.37
£44.13
£103.95
£118.98
£171.46
£232.20
£298.38
£410.99
£523.59
£104.98
£237.64
£315.66
£405.66
£566.10
£726.54
8.32
£222.18 6.24
£174.82 4.16
£127.45 2.08
£70.81 1.04
£39.34 0.42
£27.59 £174.57
£149.86
£177.04
£225.00
£44.69
£125.99
£139.56
£200.08
£289.87
£431.84
£593.64
£755.45
£150.80
£543.54
£31.06
£34.93
£49.80
£89.63
£161.34
£188.09
£216.36
£321.17
£460.47
£660.97
£39.31
£298.81 £44.23
£444.65 £63.03
£617.77 £113.46
£858.95 £204.23
£757.40
£971.27
£199.72
£221.30
£281.25
£55.86
£908.89
£1,156.81
£231.08
£1,197.31 £280.09
£1,535.67 £355.96
24.94
£382.26
18.70
£270.08
12.47
£129.07
9.36
£71.71
6.24
£39.85
3.12
£27.94
1.56
£24.85
£188.63
31
£118.20
£24.54
£259.51 Gloss Lam. Reverse
£56.40
£176.04
£96.09
Finishing Options
£87.23
£44.19
12.47
297mm x 210mm
£281.35 £423.31
£132.68
6.24
A4
£220.86 £329.92
+10,000/2,500
£24.55
£165.37 Gloss Lam. Reverse
£160.37 £236.52
10,000
£102.55
3.12
210mm x 148.5mm
£124.17 £182.92
7,500
£17.21
0.62
A5
£137.83
5,000
£62.34
£152.58 Gloss Lam. Reverse
£93.56
1.25
1/3 A4
2,500
£49.55
£123.05 Gloss Lam. Reverse
£71.79
1,250
£15.31 £76.37
Gloss Lam. Reverse
A6 Postcard
210mm x 99mm
£50.45
0.09
Double Credit Card
148.5mm x 105mm
£41.44
0.16
Gloss Lam. Reverse
110mm x 85mm or 170mm x 55mm
500
£59.12
85mm x 55mm
Gloss Laminated
250
0.21
Credit Card
Matt
0.31
Size
Printed Sides
0.62
400gm Triple Coated
Page 33 is printed on 400gm Triple Coated Matt Art with Gloss Lamination
£315.99 £70.68
NEW FOR 2010 - Multiple Order Discounts available on this product**
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Finishing Options For a key to Finishing Options and pricing please use the throw out on page 106. Tinted finishing icons indicate that particular operation is not possible on that product size. Please Note: If colour extends across the fold (on either side of the card) we strongly recommend lamination to minimise the risk of cracking on the fold. Also double sided lamination must be the same laminate on each side and one sided lamination will always be on the Full Colour side. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. This page is printed on 150gm Triple Coated Gloss Art Paper
Economy
8 PleaseDays* 4 WorkinginDays* 2 days.* completion 6 working call. WorkingNeed Days* it faster?Working Express
Express Plus
Up to 30,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce Bespoke Sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Please specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge. ** Multiple Orders Where you have a requirement for more than one item of the same material, size and quantity you may take the following Multiple Order Discounts: For up to two items - 5%; for up to four items - 10%; for up to six items - 15%; and for seven items or more - 20%. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering.
Print Price Guide 2010
+ Reverse Reverse in Black + Print Print in Black only only Turnaround ; 20% 20% Turnaround ; Options Anticipated Addto 20% the Single Add 20% theto Single Sided Sided Price Price
Full Colour Business Cards & Postcards 400gm Matt, Matt Laminated
1.41
0.94
0.47
0.23
0.09
0.05
£322.30 £484.92
£64.62
£312.59
£436.23
£559.88
3.74
£242.31
2.80
£182.44
1.87
£36.63 £70.93
0.94
£184.43 £353.78
0.47
£145.12 £277.70
0.19
£105.81 £201.63
0.09
£58.78
£114.35
£115.49
£233.45
£46.37
£416.20
£83.47
£214.80
£285.16
£367.86
£513.38
£658.90
6.24
£183.68 £326.66 4.68
£133.92 £237.13 3.12
£74.41 £184.12 1.56
£41.33 £138.62 0.78
£28.99 £110.30 0.31
£25.77 £95.87
£169.90
£135.93
£295.51
£58.70
£125.13
£141.97
£200.42
£266.31
£341.76
£470.78
£599.80
£120.29
£363.01
£466.51
£651.01
£151.66
£166.53
£229.41
£332.45
£494.61
£680.00
£224.47
£310.59
£439.60
£625.07
6.24
£235.46
3.12
£171.66
1.56
£95.37
0.62
£53.00
£871.01
£835.52
£172.34
£299.25
£59.44
£865.39
£172.79
£1,116.96
12.47
£273.29
£37.16
9.36
£207.74
8.32
£232.51 6.24
£169.51 4.16
£94.18 2.08
£52.33 1.04
£36.70 0.42
£32.64
£33.06
£229.68
£119.21
£214.59
£294.33
£374.07
£74.29
£226.41
£258.17
£368.27
£528.11
£757.04
£1,041.10
£1,325.17
£264.77
£52.28
£58.82
£511.35 £83.83
£710.44 £150.91
£987.79 £271.63
£1,376.90 £372.53
£1,766.02 £473.42
24.94
£66.24
18.70
£46.46
12.47
£41.31
£355.58
Finishing Options
£99.95
£152.17
£311.41 Matt Lam. Reverse
£252.99 £377.91
+10,000/2,500
£32.66
6.24
297mm x 210mm
£183.68 £270.90
10,000
£117.59
3.12
A4
£142.41 £209.79
7,500
£22.90
£198.44 Matt Lam. Reverse
5,000
400gm Triple Coated
£74.39
1.25
A5
£158.04
2,500
Matt
£59.64
£183.10 Matt Lam. Reverse
£85.67
Matt Laminated
£20.36
£147.65 Matt Lam. Reverse
1/3 A4
210mm x 148.5mm
£107.27
£91.64 Matt Lam. Reverse
A6 Postcard
210mm x 99mm
£60.20
0.16
Double Credit Card
148.5mm x 105mm
£49.88
0.21
Matt Lam. Reverse
32
1,250
£71.17
85mm x 55mm
110mm x 85mm or 170mm x 55mm
500
0.31
Credit Card
250
0.62
Size
Printed Sides
1.87
Page 34 is printed on 400gm Triple Coated Matt Art with Matt Lamination
£363.39 £94.00
NEW FOR 2010 - Multiple Order Discounts available on this product** +
+
20%20%
Reverse Print in Black only Reverse Print in Black only AddAdd 20%20% to the Single Sided Price to the Single Sided Price
Express
Express Plus
Economy
Turnaround Anticipated in 6 working days.*Days* Need it 8 faster? Please call. Turnaround;Options ; completion 4 Working Days* 2 Working Working Days*
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Finishing Options For a key to Finishing Options and pricing please use the throw out on page 106. Tinted finishing icons indicate that particular operation is not possible on that product size. Please Note: If colour extends across the fold (on either side of the card) we strongly recommend lamination to minimise the risk of cracking on the fold. Also double sided lamination must be the same laminate on each side and one sided lamination will always be on the Full Colour side. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples.
Up to 30,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce Bespoke Sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Please specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge. ** Multiple Orders Where you have a requirement for more than one item of the same material, size and quantity you may take the following Multiple Order Discounts: For up to two items - 5%; for up to four items - 10%; for up to six items - 15%; and for seven items or more - 20%. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering. This page is printed on 150gm Triple Coated Gloss Art Paper
Sample 400gm Matt Art with Gloss Lamination Double Credit Card 170mm x 55mm (see page 31)
DP Technologies
• • •
IT Support Services Web Design and Hosting Services Managed Helpdesk
• • •
Microsoft Certified Engineers Servers and Networks PC & Hardware Sales
www.dp-tech.co.uk
33
Mark Walton DirEcTor
DP Technologies Unit 17, Embankment Lane, Plymouth, Devon PL4 9LQ Tel 01234 567890 Email info@dp-tech.co.uk Web www.dp-tech.co.uk
von , De .u
outh h.co s gie , Plym p-tec olo Lane @d hn ent ail info Tec bankm0 Em
DPit 17, Em4 56789
A6 Postcard 148.5mm x 105mm (see page 31)
Un 0123 Tel
fine wine merchant
S D AR O B
Business Card 85mm x 55mm (see page 31)
27 Kingfield Road Nottingham NG1 4LD T 01234 567890 W www.qualityvino.co.uk E info@qualityvino.co.uk
Business Cards and Postcards printed in Full Colour on 400gm Matt Art Card and finished with Gloss Lamination. See page 31 for pricing information. This page is printed on 400gm Triple Coated Matt Art Card
Print Price Guide 2010
M .CO E EM R T .EX W WW
Sample 400gm Matt Art with Matt Lamination Double Credit Card 170mm x 55mm (see page 32)
DP Technologies
• • •
IT Support Services Web Design and Hosting Services Managed Helpdesk
• • •
Microsoft Certified Engineers Servers and Networks PC & Hardware Sales
www.dp-tech.co.uk
34
Mark Walton DirEcTor
ne
DP Technologies
wi ne
Unit 17, Embankment Lane, Plymouth, Devon PL4 9LQ Tel 01234 567890 Email info@dp-tech.co.uk Web www.dp-tech.co.uk
t
an
h rc me
D ad Ro 1 4L ld fie NG k ing ham 0 .co.u uk 9 K 8 o . 27 tting 67 vin .co 4 5 ality vino No 3 2 qu lity . 01 a T www @qu W info E
A6 Postcard 148.5mm x 105mm (see page 32)
M .CO E EM R T .EX W WW
fine wine merchant
S D AR O B
Business Card 85mm x 55mm (see page 32)
27 Kingfield Road Nottingham NG1 4LD T 01234 567890 W www.qualityvino.co.uk E info@qualityvino.co.uk
Business Cards and Postcards printed in Full Colour on 400gm Matt Art Card and finished with Matt Lamination. See page 32 for pricing information. This page is printed on 400gm Triple Coated Matt Art Card
Sample 400gm Matt Art Unlaminated Double Credit Card 170mm x 55mm (see page 37)
DP Technologies
• • •
IT Support Services Web Design and Hosting Services Managed Helpdesk
• • •
Microsoft Certified Engineers Servers and Networks PC & Hardware Sales
www.dp-tech.co.uk
W W W .E X T R E M E .C O M
DirEcTor
DP Technologies Unit 17, Embankment Lane, Plymouth, Devon PL4 9LQ Tel 01234 567890 Email info@dp-tech.co.uk Web www.dp-tech.co.uk
35
B O A R D
Mark Walton
A6 Postcard 148.5mm x 105mm (see page 37)
fine wine merchant
S D AR O B
Business Card 85mm x 55mm (see page 37)
27 Kingfield Road Nottingham NG1 4LD T 01234 567890 W www.qualityvino.co.uk E info@qualityvino.co.uk
Business Cards and Postcards printed in Full Colour on 400gm Matt Art Card and finished with no Lamination. See page 37 for pricing information. This page is printed on 400gm Triple Coated Matt Art Card
Print Price Guide 2010
M .CO E EM R T .EX W WW
Sample 400gm Matt Art Unlaminated CD Sleeve, Circular Presentation Card and Bookmark printed in Full Colour on 400gm Matt Art Card with no Lamination.
CD Sleeve Type A Finished size 124mm x 123mm (see page 41)
See pages 41- 42 for CD & DVD products and page 39 for Circular Presentation Cards and Bookmarks.
Circular Presentation Card 85mm Diameter (see page 39)
36 US
AL
N BO
CK TRA
ys’ lwa dA
CI SPE
S DE LU INC w an
‘No
S ONU IAL B
K TRAC
SPEC DES U ays’ L w C l A IN d an
A piece of history
A piece of history
Bookmark With centre slit 180mm x 40mm (see page 39)
NORBURGH
‘Now
This page is printed on 400gm Triple Coated Matt Art Card
Full Colour Business Cards & Postcards 400gm Matt, Unlaminated Page 36 is printed on 400gm Triple Coated Matt Art Unlaminated
£254.42
£290.10
£427.55
£265.94 £350.70 £422.45 £566.77
£261.74 £355.84 £378.81 £476.79 £579.79 £753.46
£359.69 £479.61 £502.42 £641.77 £795.48 £1,014.50
£475.83 £457.64 £603.39 £626.03 £806.76 £1,011.16 £1,275.53
1.87 3.74 6.24
1.41 2.80 4.68
0.94
0.23
0.47 0.94
1.87 3.12
£378.21
£404.32 £317.56
8.32
£289.60
£280.59
6.24
£213.03
£321.38 £249.58
£269.95
12.47
£259.69 £308.82
£227.49
£238.43 £181.61
£212.18
9.36
£228.50 £192.38
£193.31 £147.28
£154.42
4.16
£179.60 £168.07
£121.72
1.56
£152.54 £116.25
0.47
0.09 0.19
0.09
£98.60
£351.59
+10,000/2,500 Finishing Options
24.94
297mm x 210mm
£183.14 £210.06
£245.92
£279.53
18.70
A4
£184.40
£193.29
£207.48
6.24
£162.12
£140.67
£167.82
12.47
210mm x 148.5mm
£169.49 £135.49
£113.92
2.08
A5
£123.52
£89.96 £132.53
3.12
£149.59
10,000
6.24
210mm x 99mm
£138.61 £115.51
7,500
0.78
1/3 A4
£101.91
5,000
1.04
£120.63
2,500
1.56
148.5mm x 105mm
£93.29 £89.74
1,250
3.12
£78.09
£60.52
0.31
A6 Postcard
£74.87
0.16
£48.58
0.21
Double Credit Card
£69.70
0.42
£48.98
£57.97
0.62
£40.63
0.05
500
85mm x 55mm 110mm x 85mm or 170mm x 55mm
Unlaminated
250
0.31
Credit Card
Printed Sides
0.62
Size
Matt
1.25
400gm Triple Coated
£49.04 £66.94 £53.83 £77.06 £63.35 £90.69
37
£91.29 £114.99 £114.49 £153.24 £200.96 £242.46
NEW FOR 2010 - Multiple Order Discounts available on this product** + + Reverse Reverse Print in Print Black in Black only only 20% 20% Turnaround Turnaround ; Options Anticipated ; Add 20% Addto20% the Single to the Single Sided Price Sided Price
Express
Express Plus
Economy
completion 6 working Need it faster? Please call. 4 WorkinginDays* 2 days.* 8 Working Working Days* Days*
*Up to 30,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Finishing Options For a key to Finishing Options and pricing please use the throw out on page 106. Tinted finishing icons indicate that particular operation is not possible on that product size. Please Note: If colour extends across the fold (on either side of the card) we strongly recommend lamination to minimise the risk of cracking on the fold. Also double sided lamination must be the same laminate on each side and one sided lamination will always be on the Full Colour side. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce Bespoke Sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Please specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge. ** Multiple Orders Where you have a requirement for more than one item of the same material, size and quantity you may take the following Multiple Order Discounts: For up to two items - 5%; For up to four items - 10%; For up to six items - 15%; and for seven items or more - 20%. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering.
Print Price Guide 2010
Further Information
Tent Cards 400gm Matt
Page 36 is printed on 400gm Matt with no Lamination, page 33 is Gloss Laminated and page 34 is Matt Laminated assembly at point of use. Please note: If colour extends across the fold we strongly recommend lamination to minimise the risk of cracking on the fold.
on the third face to allow for flat packing. These Tent Cards are supplied assembled. Type B is printed on all three faces and has a peel-off adhesive strip for easy
We offer two types of Tent Cards. Both can be supplied Unlaminated, Gloss Laminated or Matt Laminated. Type A is printed on two faces and has a centre score Type A Tent Card Overall Dimension 297mm x 210mm
Type B Tent Card Overall Dimension 297mm x 210mm
38
Matt Size Type A or Type B
400gm Triple Coated
Colour
250
500
1,250
2,500
5,000
7,500
10,000
+10,000/2,500
One Colour
£110.12
£160.67
£306.50
£512.75
£711.28
£1,012.74
£1,251.62
£243.28
£124.76
£39.31
£44.23
£63.03
£113.46
£204.24
£285.93
£367.63
£78.12
Matt
£52.42
£58.97
£83.98
£151.17
£272.10
£380.94
£489.78
£104.08
Express
£1,300.58
£144.80 £1,601.93
Express Plus
£26.75 25.60
£97.48 £919.14
19.20
£65.89 £618.90
12.80
£53.85 £431.68
6.40
Gloss
(if required)
Lamination
£48.38 £291.03
3.20
+
£247.17
1.30
£45.11
Full Colour
0.07
Per Extra Colour
£341.40
Economy
Turnaround ; completion 12 Working Turnaround ; Options Anticipated 8 working Please call. 6 WorkinginDays* 3 days.* WorkingNeed Days* it faster? Days* *Up to 5,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples.
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Full Colour Circular Presentation Cards & Bookmarks 400gm Matt
Page 36 is printed on 400gm Matt with no Lamination, page 33 is Gloss Laminated and page 34 is Matt Laminated
Circular Presentation Cards Our Circular Presentation Cards are a real talking point and a great way of conveying substantially more information than a regular Business Card.
180mm
They come with 3mm rounded corners and are available in Full Colour with or without lamination. Bookmarks make great promotional products. They are inexpensive but tend to have great longevity getting your message across year after year!
39
A piece of history
A piece of history
140mm
85mm
They are available in Full Colour with or without lamination and are supplied flat and pre-creased across the middle. Please note: If the design of your Circular Presentation Card means colour extends across the fold (on either side of the card) we strongly recommend lamination to minimise the risk of cracking on the fold. Also double sided lamination must be the same laminate on each side.
Bookmarks Our Bookmarks are specially designed with a centre split so that they can straddle the marked page and not disappear in the book or fall out. Of course they can also be used as a ‘conventional’ bookmark.
NORBURGH
40mm
10,000
+10,000/2,500
£75.87
£94.12
£151.11
£205.73
£301.42
£428.44
£529.00
£120.12
(if required)
£123.00
£143.55 £198.84
£286.98 £195.44 £268.32
£397.35 £286.35 £371.52
£564.30 £407.01 £527.62
£696.43 £502.55 £651.16
£152.61 £114.11 £142.69
Gloss
£19.37
£21.80
£31.08
£55.94
£100.70
£140.97
£181.25
£36.61
Matt
£25.77
£28.99
£41.33
£74.40
£133.92
£187.49
£241.06
£48.68
+ Reverse + Reverse Print in only Black only Print in Black 20% 20% Turnaround Options ; Add to the Sided SinglePrice Sided PriceTurnaround ; Anticipated Add 20% to20% the Single
Express
Express Plus
Economy
12 Please completion 8 working call. 6 WorkinginDays* 3 days.* WorkingNeed Days* it faster?Working Days*
*Up to 10,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering.
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Print Price Guide 2010
Lamination per side
£99.03
£212.67
2.80
+
£89.42
2.10
180mm x 40mm
£131.55
1.40
Bookmarks
£72.08
0.70
£105.91
0.35
85mm Diameter
2.40
7,500 1.80
5,000 1.20
2,500 0.60
1,250 0.30
500 0.12
Circular Presentation Card
250
0.14
Sides
0.06
Size
Matt
0.07
400gm Triple Coated
Full Colour Instant 3Ds™ 400gm Matt Page 33 is Gloss Laminated and page 34 is Matt Laminated Our Instant 3Ds™ are a fantastic attention grabber! Packed flat inside a standard envelope they spring into three dimensions as soon as they are ‘released’. The effect is so unexpected it is certain that your letter will be noticed and your ‘gift’ will become an office talking point!
Instant 3Ds™ are printed in Full Colour and either Gloss or Matt Laminated. Our standard range consists of two designs, Square Box and Pyramid. The Square Box Instant 3D™ is designed to fit into a DL (1/3rd A4) envelope and the Pyramid Instant 3D™ into a C5 (A5 size) envelope.
Instant 3Ds™ are a great way of differentiating your mail from the rest and making sure that it is your message which is heard!
Please note: The ‘explosive’ nature of our Instant 3Ds™ means they cannot be inserted using a
mechanical mailing machine, inserting must be carried out manually. The top and bottom faces of Square Box and the bottom of Pyramid Instant 3Ds™ are split diagonally. Artwork should be designed with a break across this line (i.e. pictures and text must not run through the split).
115mm
250mm
149mm
40
396mm
350mm
Pyramid Instant 3D™
Square Box Instant 3D™
Matt
+10,000/2,500
Gloss
£340.59
£476.36
£903.67
£1,580.47
£2,855.97
£4,087.01
£5,318.05
£1,306.08
£749.49
£1,235.93
£1,648.11 £1,893.23 £2,014.15
£2,952.05 £3,441.53 £3,637.25
Express
£4,205.94 £4,634.46 £4,854.90
£5,459.84 £5,827.39 £6,072.55
Express Plus
20.59
£594.51
£950.77 £1,149.17
15.23
Matt
£518.17 £668.59
10.30
£518.85
5.15
£378.91
2.58
Matt Gloss
14.04
10,000 11.03
7,500 7.02
5,000 3.51
2,500 1.75
1,250 0.70
500
1.04
Pyramid
250 0.34
Square Box
Lamination
0.51
Type
400gm Triple Coated
£1,339.77 £1,422.67 £1,480.64 Economy
Turnaround ; Anticipated in Days* 10 working Need it faster? Please call. Turnaround Options ; completion 16 Working 8 Working 4 days.* Working Days* Days* *Up to 2,500, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples.
Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
15mm
CD and DVD Products Sleeves 400gm Matt, Inserts and Booklets CD Sleeve Type A 248mm x 153mm (Open Ended) This is like a slip cover for your CD or DVD and is printed on one face.
Our range of Full Colour and Spot Colour CD and DVD Products, printed on 400gm Triple Coated Matt Art Card, are the perfect product to package multimedia presentations, music CDs or software.
123mm
We offer Inlay Trays, Inserts and CD Booklets to complement our Sleeves and give a CD or DVD that professional finish, all of which are available to fit a standard jewel case.
15mm
Please see page 42 for two panel CD Sleeve Type B. Please note: If colour extends across the fold (on either side) we strongly recommend lamination to minimise the risk of cracking on the fold. Also double sided lamination must be the same laminate on each side.
400gm Triple Coated Size
124mm
124mm
Matt
Colour
250
500
1,250
2,500
5,000
7,500
10,000
+10,000/2,500
One Colour
£137.92
£171.64
£264.47
£424.79
£752.90
£1,075.64
£1,398.37
£331.96
Type A
Per Extra Colour
£45.11
+
Full colour
£229.62
Gloss
£31.45
£35.39
£50.42
£90.77
£163.38
£228.74
£294.09
£59.37
(if required)
Matt
£41.83
£47.06
£67.06
£120.73
£217.30
£304.22
£391.15
£78.97
Lamination
41
Express
£152.04 £1,625.94
Express Plus
£30.69 16.00
£124.76 £1,250.45
12.00
£97.48 £874.95
8.00
£65.89 £588.45
4.00
£408.29
2.00
£53.85 0.80
0.40
£48.38 £272.03
£385.99
Economy
Turnaround ; completion 6 WorkinginDays* 12 Working Turnaround ; Options Anticipated 8 working Please call. 3 days.* WorkingNeed Days* it faster? Days*
CD & DVD Booklets CD Booklets are 120mm square and DVD Booklets are 180mm x 120mm. Just price as A5 booklet on various materials on the pages shown in the adjacent table.
Stock
Page
115gm
4-5
150gm
6-7
200gm
8-9
Stock
Page
100gm Executive
62
100gm equest®
62
115gm or 150gm Gloss or Silk Art
63
160gm equest®
64
200gm Gloss or Silk Art
64
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Print Price Guide 2010
CD & DVD Inserts CD Inserts are 120mm square and priced as an A5 Leaflet. DVD Inserts are 273mm x 182mm and priced as an A4 Leaflet. There is no additional charge for cutting. Please see the adjacent table which shows pages for pricing information.
*Up to 5,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
124mm
CD Sleeve Type B 371mm x 153mm (Encased) This CD Sleeve has an additional flap on the front, ideal if you have a lot to say or promote. This Sleeve is printed on both the face and the reverse. Please see page 41 for two panel CD Sleeve Type A.
15mm
Please note: If colour extends across the fold (on either side) we strongly recommend lamination to minimise the risk of cracking on the fold. Also double sided lamination must be the same laminate on each side.
124mm
15mm
CD and DVD Products Sleeves 400gm Matt and Inlay Trays 150gm Gloss
120mm
124mm
Matt
42
3mm
124mm
400gm Triple Coated
7,500
10,000
+10,000/2,500
£243.83
£83.25
£87.47
£391.81
£646.11
£1,174.15
£1,529.21
£1,884.28
£447.32
£95.98
£106.49
£148.98
£190.67
£232.37
£46.91
+
Full colour
£371.31
Gloss
£49.13
£55.27
£78.78
£141.81
£255.29
£357.40
£459.52
£92.77
(if required)
Matt
£65.53
£73.71
£104.97
£188.96
£340.12
£476.16
£612.21
£123.59
£595.43
£814.57
£1,299.43
£1,692.38
Express
£2,085.33
24.00
£190.91
Per Extra Colour
Lamination per side
5,000
18.00
One Colour
Type B
£419.56
2,500
12.00
1,250
6.00
500
3.00
250
1.20
Colour
0.60
Size
Express Plus
£506.66
Economy
Turnaround ; completion Turnaround ; Options Anticipated 8 working Need it faster? Please call. 12 Working 6 WorkinginDays* 3 days.* Working Days* Days* *Up to 5,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
CD and DVD Inlay Trays Inlay Trays are 150mm x 118mm flat size and designed to fit in a standard Jewel case. They are printed on 150gm Gloss Art Paper and perforated twice. They can be printed single or double sided.
7,500
10,000
+10,000/2,500
£99.26
£120.89
£153.07
£171.42
£224.39
£277.35
£66.58
£147.18
£172.69
£206.26
£241.70
Express
£302.20
£362.70
Express Plus
2.40
5,000
1.80
2,500
1.20
£132.88
1,250
0.60
£83.49
Inlay Tray
150mm x 118mm
150gm Triple Coated
500
0.30
250
0.12
Printed Sides
0.06
Type
Gloss
£83.70 Economy
Turnaround ; completion 12 Working Turnaround ; Options Anticipated 8 working Please call. 6 WorkinginDays* 3 days.* WorkingNeed Days* it faster? Days* *Up to 10,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples.
Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Full Colour and Spot Colour Folders
INTRODUCTION
Spot Colour on Folders
Our Folders are made from either 280gm Gloss or Silk Art or 400gm Matt Art Card. They can be printed single or double sided in either Spot Colour or Full Colour. Standard Folders can be specified for either A4 or A5 size inserts. We also have a ‘Design Your Own Folder’ section where any other folder can be priced. Gussets All Folder designs can be specified as Gusseted or Ungusseted. Ungusseted Folders are perfect for holding the equivalent of up to ten sheets of 80gm paper. A 2mm Gusseted Folder can hold the equivalent of twenty sheets of 80gm paper and a 4mm Gusseted Folder the equivalent of forty sheets.
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Lamination Folders can be laminated with Gloss or Matt laminate on one or both sides. We are also able to Spot UV Varnish (at extra cost) please ask for details. Please note: If colour extends across the fold (on either side) we strongly recommend lamination to minimise the risk of cracking on the fold. Also assembled Folders are very bulky. If you require assembled Folders to be delivered we may have to revise our carriage cost to reflect the volume rather than the weight.
The price of printing Spot Colour on some Folders can seem disproportionate to the cost of Full Colour. The reason for this is that we must set up the press specifically for Spot Colour rather than utilising the Full Colour inks in more regular use.
Assembly Folders are supplied flat with interlocking pockets or with double sided tape applied for easy assembly at time of use. Alternatively they can be supplied fully assembled if preferred for an additional price, additional turnaround time and additional carriage cost.
Business Card Slots All A4 Folders can be supplied with slots to hold a Business Card on either the vertical or horizontal flaps at an extra charge of £25.00 + VAT. If this option is required, please specify the card position at the time of ordering (bottom flap or side flap).
Design Your Own Folder You may use our Three Panel tables to price any other Bespoke Folder. We can also pattern an existing Folder design. Please see page 46 for details.
Folders Two Panel Gloss, Silk or Matt Templates for Two Panel folders are on page 46
Gloss
280gm Triple Coated 10,000
+10,000/2,500
Single Colour Single Sided
£182.25
£229.22
£359.55
£584.28
£798.06
£1,041.70
£1,285.34
£305.27
Extra Colour Either Side
£65.39
£69.62
£78.48
£96.17
£149.26
£193.49
£237.72
£56.46
Two Panel
Full Colour Single Sided
£318.95
£376.53
£478.49
£611.40
£835.10
£1,090.04
£1,344.98
£319.43
+
Full Colour Double Sided
£483.42
Gloss
£49.76
£55.98
£79.78
£143.61
£258.52
£361.93
£465.34
£103.34
(per side if required)
Matt
£66.36
£74.64
£106.30
£191.35
£344.42
£482.20
£619.97
£137.67
Single Colour Single Sided
£474.38
£548.52
£652.67
£810.48
£1,036.32
£1,344.28
£1,652.25
£371.76
Extra Colour Either Side
£288.02
£301.18
£317.01
£337.43
£410.91
£501.12
£591.33
£120.38
Two Panel
Full Colour Single Sided
£387.78
£467.89
£582.03
£757.18
£1,037.33
£1,371.71
£1,706.08
£405.19
+
Full Colour Double Sided
£548.80
Gloss
£65.68
£73.89
£105.30
£189.57
£341.25
£477.74
£614.24
£136.41
(per side if required)
Matt
£87.59
£98.52
£140.31
£252.58
£454.64
£636.50
£818.36
£181.73
Lamination
£1,034.78
£1,397.79
£1,780.72
Matt
£2,163.65
£407.12
£513.87
400gm Triple Coated 10,000
+10,000/2,500
Single Colour Single Sided
£200.48
£252.14
£395.50
£642.72
£877.87
£1,145.87
£1,413.87
£335.80
Extra Colour Either Side
£65.39
£69.62
£78.48
£96.17
£149.26
£193.49
£237.72
£56.46
Two Panel
Full Colour Single Sided
£395.50
£466.89
£593.33
£758.13
£1,035.52
£1,351.65
£1,667.78
£396.10
+
Full Colour Double Sided
£599.43
Gloss
£49.76
£55.98
£79.78
£143.61
£258.52
£361.93
£465.34
£103.34
(per side if required)
Matt
£66.36
£74.64
£106.30
£191.35
£344.42
£482.20
£619.97
£137.67
Single Colour Single Sided
£597.72
£654.92
£822.36
£1,021.21
£1,305.77
£1,693.80
£2,081.84
£468.41
Extra Colour Either Side
£288.02
£301.18
£317.01
£337.43
£410.91
£501.12
£591.33
£120.38
Two Panel
Full Colour Single Sided
£488.61
£558.64
£733.36
£954.06
£1,307.04
£1,728.35
£2,149.66
£510.55
+
Full Colour Double Sided
£680.51
Gloss
£65.68
£73.89
£105.30
£189.57
£341.25
£477.74
£614.24
£136.41
(per side if required)
Matt
£87.59
£98.52
£140.31
£252.58
£454.64
£636.50
£818.36
£181.73
Lamination
+ Reverse + Reverse Print in only Black only Print in Black 20% 20% Turnaround Options ; Add to the Sided SinglePrice Sided PriceTurnaround ; Anticipated Add 20% to20% the Single
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Folder assembly will attract additional turnaround. Please confirm at time of order. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105.
£1,733.26
Express
£2,208.09
£2,125.62
£2,682.93
30.00
£1,283.12
£1,724.41
30.00
£944.20
£1,323.21
30.00
£768.83
£979.63
16.46
A4
£808.06
8.23
Lamination
£660.39
3.29
A5
30.00
7,500
23.91
5,000
15.94
2,500
7.97
1,250
3.99
500
1.59
250
0.80
Colour
1.65
Size
£1,714.21
30.00
£769.68
£1,390.66
30.00
£624.95
£1,067.10
22.28
A4
£790.02
11.14
44
£651.66
5.75
Lamination
£532.57
2.30
A5
22.28
7,500
16.71
5,000
11.14
2,500
5.57
1,250
2.79
500
1.11
250
0.56
Colour
1.15
Size
Silk
Express Plus
£504.83
£637.19
Economy
completion 8 working Please call. 12 Working 6 WorkinginDays* 3 days.* WorkingNeed Days* it faster? Days*
*Up to 2,500, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. Business Card Slots Please specify whether you would like slots on either the vertical or horizontal flaps. Additional cost £25.00 +VAT.
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Folders Three Panel Gloss, Silk or Matt Templates for Three Panel folders are on page 46
280gm Triple Coated
Gloss 7,500
10,000
+10,000/2,500
Single Colour Single Sided
£529.31
£551.95
£661.02
£849.24
£1,255.16
£1,542.84
£1,830.53
£411.87
Extra Colour Either Side
£287.09
£303.06
£321.07
£353.56
£497.67
£576.40
£655.14
£133.37
Three Panel
Full Colour Single Sided
£432.68
£470.81
£589.48
£793.40
£1,256.37
£1,573.27
£1,890.16
£448.92
+
Full Colour Double Sided
£627.88
Gloss
£67.91
£86.28
£145.70
£201.01
£297.28
£416.18
£535.09
£118.83
(per side if required)
Matt
£84.95
£116.79
£197.22
£364.19
£571.13
£799.59
£1,028.04
£228.29
Single Colour Single Sided
£558.43
£632.07
£736.89
£933.81
£1,525.71
£1,851.59
£2,177.46
£489.93
A5
Lamination
£705.27
£911.52
£1,204.23
£1,778.10
£2,370.47
£2,962.85
30.00
5,000
24.60
2,500
16.40
1,250
8.20
500
4.10
250
1.64
Colour
0.82
Size
Silk
£703.68
£779.30
£158.65
£1,887.80
£2,248.41
£533.99
+
Full Colour Double Sided
£664.26
Gloss
£82.75
£123.20
£207.86
£395.03
£626.41
£828.33
£1,030.25
£244.68
(per side if required)
Matt
£89.15
£155.38
£262.14
£511.71
£825.32
£1,051.42
£1,277.52
£303.41
Lamination
400gm Triple Coated
£956.25
£1,269.49
£2,222.34
£2,877.80
£3,533.27
£839.15
Matt 10,000
+10,000/2,500
Single Colour Single Sided
£585.48
£641.72
£812.27
£1,286.75
£1,698.25
£2,083.82
£2,469.39
£489.93
Extra Colour Either Side
£287.09
£303.06
£321.07
£353.56
£497.67
£576.40
£655.14
£133.37
Three Panel
Full Colour Single Sided
£478.61
£547.38
£724.36
£1,202.13
£1,699.89
£2,124.87
£2,549.85
£603.46
+
Full Colour Double Sided
£778.75
Gloss
£67.91
£86.28
£145.70
£201.01
£297.28
£416.18
£535.09
£118.83
(per side if required)
Matt
£84.95
£116.79
£197.22
£364.19
£571.13
£799.59
£1,028.04
£228.29
Single Colour Single Sided
£747.75
£819.56
£1,037.38
£1,643.37
£2,168.89
£2,661.32
£3,153.75
£707.11
Extra Colour Either Side
£339.05
£347.04
£357.92
£388.77
£604.95
£692.13
£779.30
£158.65
Three Panel
Full Colour Single Sided
£611.25
£699.08
£925.10
£1,535.30
£2,171.00
£2,713.76
£3,256.51
£770.71
+
Full Colour Double Sided
£994.57
Gloss
£82.75
£123.20
£207.86
£395.03
£626.41
£828.33
£1,030.25
£244.68
(per side if required)
Matt
£89.15
£155.38
£262.14
£511.71
£825.32
£1,051.42
£1,277.52
£303.41
Lamination
+ Reverse + Reverse in Black Print Print in Black only only 20% 20% Turnaround ; Turnaround ; Options Anticipated Addto20% the Single Add 20% theto Single Sided Sided Price Price
£1,832.09
Express
£3,159.02
£974.51
30.00
£2,689.67
£2,632.52
30.00
£2,036.06
£2,106.01
30.00
£1,355.59
£1,594.24
23.42
£1,103.42
11.86
A4
£1,061.43
Express Plus
£747.63
£954.83
Economy
12 Working completion 8 working Please call. 6 WorkinginDays* 3 days.* WorkingNeed Days* it faster? Days*
*Up to 2,500, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Two and Three Panel Folder Assembly Any Folder
250
500
1,250
2,500
5,000
Ungusseted Gusseted
£32.60
£63.40
£159.57
£294.44
£539.02
£51.78
£100.63
£252.73
£466.38
£860.78
7,500
10,000
+10,000 /2,500
£762.89
£986.75
£236.82
£1,224.75 £1,588.72
£381.30
Folder assembly will attract additional turnaround. Please confirm at time of order.
Print Price Guide 2010
Lamination
£863.98
4.74
A5
30.00
7,500
30.00
5,000
23.42
2,500
11.71
1,250
5.86
500
2.34
250
1.17
Colour
2.37
Size
£784.56
30.00
£692.13
£1,527.20
30.00
£604.95
£872.40
30.00
£388.77
£657.14
16.60
£357.92
£539.15
8.30
£347.04
£456.50
3.32
£339.05
Full Colour Single Sided
A4
1.66
Extra Colour Either Side
Three Panel
45
Folder Templates Two Panel Folders Folder Dimensions: Red - Indicates A5 dimensions; Black - Indicates A4 dimensions; Green - Indicates Gussets available (if required).
F2 - Ungusseted, F4 - Gusseted 2mm or 4mm
F1 - Ungusseted, F3 - Gusseted 2mm or 4mm 35mm/65mm
154.5mm/216mm
2mm/4mm
154.5mm/216mm
35mm/65mm
154.5mm/216mm
4mm/8mm
154.5mm/216mm
F7 - Ungusseted, F8 - Gusseted 2mm or 4mm 154.5mm/216mm
35mm/65mm
216mm 303mm
2mm/4mm
154.5mm/216mm
216mm 303mm
216mm 303mm
46 2mm/4mm 2mm/4mm
2mm/4mm
35mm 65mm
35mm 65mm
35mm 65mm
F10 - Ungusseted, F11 - Gusseted 2mm or 4mm 35mm/65mm
216mm/303mm
2mm/4mm
216mm/303mm
Design Your Own
154.5mm 216mm
2mm/4mm
35mm 65mm
Design Your Own Folder We can produce (or reproduce) any other Folder for the prices shown in these tables. If your folder fits in a rectangle of 500mm x 300mm or 700mm x 200mm then it can be priced as our A5 size Folders. The only additional cost is a one off forme cost of £100.00 + VAT.* This forme can be used for subsequent runs. If your Folder fits in a rectangle of 700mm x 400mm then it can be priced as our three panel A4 size Folders. The only additional cost is a one off forme cost of £135.00 + VAT.* *We reserve the right to re-quote very complex Folders. We would be happy to quote you for larger Folders. Please note: Your Folder must be at least 200mm flat size in each dimension. The cost of assembling ‘Design Your Own’ Folders to be agreed at time of order.
Three Panel Folders F5 - Ungusseted, F6 - Gusseted 2mm or 4mm 154.5mm/216mm
2mm/4mm
154.5mm/216mm
2mm/4mm
154.5mm/216mm
216mm 303mm
2mm/4mm
35mm 65mm
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Full Colour and Spot Colour Boxes
INTRODUCTION
Our Boxes are made from 400gm Matt Art Card which gives them exceptional durability. They can be printed on the outside and the inside (if required) in Spot Colour and in Full Colour. They can be finished with Gloss or Matt Lamination. Box types B4, B5, B6, B7, B8 and B9 can also be Spot UV varnished. Please ask for details. Boxes are supplied flat and glued. This means that they are ready for immediate use on delivery. We hold the formes for all our standard Boxes so there is no additional forme charge.
Fluted Liners For maximum stiffness Box types B4, B5, B6, B7, B8 and B9 can also be specified with a 2mm fluted liner which runs around the largest Box dimension.
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Design Your Own Box
Spot Colour on Larger Boxes
Boxes come in all shapes and sizes! We have tried to present a range of standard boxes which will suit a wide range of applications. However, if your required Box has different dimensions to our standard size we are pleased to produce a Bespoke box for you.
The price of printing Spot Colour on some Boxes can seem disproportionate to the cost of Full Colour. The reason for this is that we must set up the press specifically for Spot Colour rather than utilising the Full Colour inks in more regular use.
Below each table we show the cost of a Bespoke Box forme. Simply match the flat dimensions of your required Box to the dimensions shown for our Standard Boxes.
Please note: If colour extends across the corners of your box we strongly recommend lamination to minimise the risk of cracking on the fold. In rare circumstances we reserve the right to revise the cutting forme and assembly costs at the time of order.
Find the Standard Box which your Bespoke Box will fit (when flat) and you have the production cost of producing your Box instantly. Then just add the one off forme cost which is also shown). For bigger boxes see page 52.
Boxes B1, B2 and B3 400gm Matt Matt Type B1
250
500
1,250
2,500
5,000
7,500
10,000
+10,000 /2,500
£195.31
£662.45
£868.04
B1 Box
£62.12
£74.50
£86.87
Full Colour
£142.72
Lamination
Gloss per side
£20.97
£32.28
£60.32
£136.51
£227.51
£318.52
£409.52
£97.26
(if required) Matt per side
£27.96
£43.03
£80.42
£182.01
£303.35
£424.68
£546.02
£129.68
Either Side
£166.82
£242.18
£332.85
£478.89
£694.39
£909.90
£27.95 8.00
Either Side
6.00
£456.86
£48.13
4.00
£305.24
£42.31
2.00
£155.55
£39.89
1.00
£105.83
£38.34
0.20
£86.30
Face Side
0.20
First Colour
+
£204.73
Bespoke B1 Box - To qualify for B1 pricing, your Box must fit within the following area: 173mm x 160mm. One off forme cost £60.00
48
£960.81
£1,258.99
£283.27
B2 Box
£94.70
£121.20
£147.70
£42.62
Full Colour Either Side
£226.10
Lamination
Gloss per side
£28.32
£40.45
£67.02
£151.67
£252.79
£353.90
£455.02
£108.07
(if required) Matt per side
£37.76
£53.93
£89.30
£202.23
£337.05
£471.87
£606.69
£144.09
+
Either Side
£262.01
£394.61
£522.34
£719.15
£1,042.77
£1,366.38
15.60
£662.63
£64.01
11.70
£488.23
£52.32
7.80
£290.34
£47.00
3.90
£184.37
£43.82
Face Side
1.90
£141.39
Extra Colour
0.80
First Colour
Type
0.40
160mm
Colour Extra Colour
Type
173mm
400gm Triple Coated
£307.43
Bespoke B2 Box - To qualify for B2 pricing, your Box must fit within the following area: 220mm x 207mm. One off forme cost £70.00
Type B2
First Colour Face Side
£253.41
£303.84
£492.10
£663.22
£904.66
£1,311.76
£1,718.86
£386.74
£65.39
Full Colour
£303.89
Lamination
Gloss per side
£31.02
£44.50
£73.73
£166.85
£278.07
£389.30
£500.52
£118.88
(if required) Matt per side
£41.55
£59.38
£98.18
£222.45
£370.76
£519.06
£667.36
£158.50
£149.26 £966.90
£193.49 8.80
£96.17 £702.32
4.40
£78.48 £530.45
2.20
£69.62 £352.34
0.90
+
Either Side
Either Side
£1,402.00
£237.72 £1,837.11
17.60
B3 Box
13.20
Extra Colour
0.45
207mm
Type
£67.17 £413.35
Bespoke B3 Box - To qualify for B3 pricing, your Box must fit within the following area: 267mm x 211mm. One off forme cost £80.00 Express
Express Plus
Economy
Turnaround ; Options Anticipated 8 working Need it faster? PleaseDays* call. Turnaround ; completion 12 Working 6 WorkinginDays* 3 days.* Working Days* *Up to 2,500, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
220mm
Type B3
211mm
Further Information 30mm
267mm
Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples.
Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Boxes B4, B5 and B6 400gm Matt Matt
Colour
250
500
1,250
2,500
5,000
7,500
10,000
+10,000 /2,500
£415.24
£1,948.03
B4 Box
£563.64
£703.89
£135.75
Full Colour Either Side
£430.65
£487.51
£623.15
£807.28
£1,079.25
£1,564.91
£2,050.57
£461.38
Lamination
Gloss per side
£39.56
(if required) Matt per side
£60.42
£86.33
£142.73
£322.56
£537.60
£752.64
£967.68
£229.82
Fluted Liner (optional)
£37.49
£74.97
£187.43
£374.85
£749.70
£1,124.55
£1,499.40
£374.85
+
Either Side
£56.53
£93.46
£211.33
£352.22
£493.11
£634.00
30.00
£1,502.85
£423.39
30.00
£1,057.66
£356.29
23.00
£847.64
£336.14
11.50
£685.45
£310.78
5.80
£560.63
£295.66
2.30
£516.79
Face Side
1.20
First Colour Extra Colour
Type
Type B4
£150.58
396mm
400gm Triple Coated
Bespoke B4 Box - To qualify for B4 pricing, your Box must fit within the following area: 341mm x 396mm. One off forme cost £90.00 First Colour
Type
Face Side
£516.79
£560.63
£685.45
£847.64
£1,057.66
£1,502.85
£1,948.03
£415.24
£563.64
£703.89
£135.75
£807.28
£1,079.25
£1,564.91
£2,050.57
£461.38
Lamination
+
£56.53
£93.46
£211.33
£352.22
£493.11
£634.00
30.00
£423.39
£623.15
30.00
£356.29
£487.51
22.40
£336.14
£430.65
11.20
£310.78
Either Side
5.60
£295.66
Full Colour
2.20
B5 Box
1.10
Extra Colour Either Side
49
Gloss per side
£39.56
(if required) Matt per side
£60.42
£86.33
£142.73
£322.56
£537.60
£752.64
£967.68
£229.82
Fluted Liner (optional)
£34.97
£69.93
£174.84
£349.67
£699.34
£1,049.02
£1,398.69
£349.67
341mm
£150.58
Type B5
£3,114.95
£663.98
B6 Box
£901.28
£1,125.54
£217.07
Full Colour Either Side
£653.31
£739.67
£1,050.45
£1,267.25
£1,725.73
£2,502.31
£3,278.89
£737.75
Lamination
Gloss per side
£51.01
(if required) Matt per side
£68.52
£97.88
£161.86
£365.90
£609.92
£853.89
£1,097.86
£260.74
Fluted Liner (optional)
£54.94
£109.87
£274.68
£549.36
£1,098.72
£1,648.08
£2,197.44
£549.36
+
£72.85
£120.50
£272.67
£454.56
£636.38
£818.20
30.00
£2,403.08
£677.01
30.00
£1,691.22
£559.30
30.00
£1,330.62
£515.13
16.00
£1,155.50
£435.26
8.00
£850.62
£416.49
3.30
£783.97
Face Side
Either Side
1.60
First Colour Extra Colour
Type
240mm
396mm
Bespoke B5 Box - To qualify for B5 pricing, your Box must fit within the following area: 341mm x 396mm. One off forme cost £90.00
£194.32
Turnaround ; Options Anticipated Turnaround ;
341mm
Express Express Plus Economy completion in 8 working days.* Need it faster?Working Please call. Working Days* Working Days* Days*
6
3
12
Type B6
385mm
*Up to 2,500, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
514mm
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Print Price Guide 2010
Bespoke B6 Box - To qualify for B6 pricing, your Box must fit within the following area: 514mm x 385mm. One off forme cost £100.00
Boxes B7 and B8 400gm Matt Matt Type B7
1,250
2,500
5,000
7,500
+10,000 /2,500
10,000
£730.38
B7 Box
£1,238.10
£238.78
Full Colour Either Side
£718.63
£813.62
£1,155.50
£1,393.97
£1,898.31
£2,752.55
£3,606.79
£811.53
Lamination
Gloss per side
£56.11
(if required) Matt per side
£75.37
£107.67
£178.05
£402.50
£670.92
£939.29
£1,207.66
£286.82
Fluted Liner (optional)
£65.04
£130.08
£325.20
£650.40
£1,300.81
£1,951.21
£2,601.61
£650.40
Either Side
£80.14
£132.54
£299.94
£500.01
£700.01
£900.02
30.00
£3,426.45
£991.41 30.00
£2,643.39
£744.72 30.00
£1,860.34
£615.22 16.00
£1,463.68
£566.64 8.00
£1,271.05
£478.79 3.20
£935.67
£458.13 1.60
£862.36
Face Side
£213.75
Bespoke B7 Box - To qualify for B7 pricing, your Box must fit within the following area: 710mm x 331mm. One off forme cost £110.00
Type
First Colour Face Side
£913.18
£1,000.89
£1,266.91
£1,566.66
£1,954.85
£2,777.67
£3,600.50
£767.47
£782.55
£1,041.77
£1,300.99
£250.90
£1,492.05
£1,994.74
£2,892.37
£3,790.00
£852.75
Lamination
Gloss per side
+
£75.67
£108.08
£178.75
£404.52
£674.34
£944.08
£1,213.81
30.00
£658.51
£1,151.73
30.00
£621.27
£870.34
Either Side
30.00
£554.84
£760.99
Either Side
20.00
£522.44
Full Colour
10.00
B8 Box
4.00
Extra Colour
2.00
710mm
500
First Colour
+
331mm
250
Extra Colour
Type
50
Colour
400gm Triple Coated
£288.28
(if required) Matt per side
£115.63
£165.17
£273.14
£617.46
£1,029.25
£1,440.95
£1,852.65
£440.01
Fluted Liner (optional)
£89.97
£179.94
£449.84
£899.69
£1,799.37
£2,699.06
£3,598.74
£899.69
Bespoke B8 Box - To qualify for B8 pricing, your Box must fit within the following area: 678mm x 478mm. One off forme cost £110.00
Type B8
Express
Express Plus
Economy
478mm
Turnaround ; Options Anticipated 8 working Need it faster? Please call. Turnaround ; completion 12 Working 6 WorkinginDays* 3 days.* Working Days* Days*
678mm
*Up to 2,500, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
B7 Cookie Box
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Boxes B9 400gm Matt Matt
Colour
250
500
1,250
2,500
5,000
7,500
10,000
+10,000 /2,500
£461.38
£2,164.49
B9 Box
£626.27
£782.11
£150.83
Full Colour Either Side
£478.50
£541.67
£692.38
£896.98
£1,199.16
£1,738.79
£2,278.41
£512.64
Lamination
Gloss per side
£39.56
(if required) Matt per side
£60.42
£86.33
£142.73
£322.56
£537.60
£752.64
£967.68
£229.82
Fluted Liner (optional)
£48.03
£96.05
£240.13
£480.25
£960.51
£1,440.76
£1,921.02
£480.25
+
Either Side
£56.53
£93.46
£211.33
£352.22
£493.11
£634.00
30.00
£1,669.83
£470.44
25.60
£1,175.18
£395.88
19.20
£941.82
£373.48
12.80
£761.62
£345.32
6.40
£622.93
£328.51
3.20
£574.20
Face Side
1.30
First Colour Extra Colour
Type
Type B9
£150.58 500mm
400gm Triple Coated
Bespoke B9 Box - To qualify for B9 pricing, your Box must fit within the following area: 500mm x 346mm. One off forme cost £110.00 Express
Express Plus
51
Economy
Turnaround ; completion 12 Working Turnaround ; Options Anticipated 8 working PleaseDays* call. 6 WorkinginDays* 3 days.* WorkingNeed Days* it faster? *Up to 2,500, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order. 346mm
Further Information
Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering.
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Print Price Guide 2010
Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases.
We can also make much bigger Boxes! Please see page 52 for details.
Boxes Jumbo Sizes Now that our Large Format Press is fully commissioned we can produce Boxes much bigger than our original range of B1 to B9.
‘conventional’ screen printed boxes and with our paper to board laminator we can laminate on to solid or fluted board up to 10mm thick!
The maximum one piece flat size of your box can now be as big as 1600mm x 1170mm, and with additional glue flaps the maximum size can be twice this size or more! For these jumbo size boxes we print on Litho stock and then laminate to a solid or fluted board substrate. The print quality is far superior to
If you have a specific box requirement we would be delighted to provide a quote for your application.
Box B10 This 250mm Cube is an example of our Jumbo Boxes. The image is printed in Full Colour on 200gm Triple Coated Gloss Art Paper, laminated to E Flute (corrugated cardboard), cut to shape then glued ready for use.
70mm
Box B10 250mm
Gloss
(if required)
70mm
1,250
2,500
+2,500 /100
Full Colour Face Side
£969.53
£1,301.75
£1,855.45
£3,516.56
£6,285.07
£221.48
Gloss per side
£135.30
Matt per side
£166.47
£226.99 £304.91
£324.18 £435.57
£728.02 £976.95
£1,213.38
30.00
500
30.00
Lamination
250
17.50
250mm
+
100
8.75
Type B10 Box
200gm Triple Coated / E Flute
Colour
3.50
250mm
890mm
52
We have state of the art Three Dimensional Design Software which allows us to fully ‘visualise’ boxes before committing to press. We can also produce one-off or small volume prototypes to verify a design prior to production. In addition we have a comprehensive range of finishing equipment to give us a huge box making capacity.
£1,628.26
£34.58 £46.41
Bespoke B10 Box - To qualify for B10 pricing, your Box must fit within the following area: 1055mm x 890mm. One off forme cost £160.00 250mm
250mm
250mm
1055mm
250mm
55mm
Express
Express Plus
Economy
Turnaround Options ; completion 16 Working 8 Working 4 days.* Turnaround ; Anticipated in Days* 10 working Please call. WorkingNeed Days* it faster? Days* *Up to 500, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Please Note: If colour extends across the fold, we strongly recommend lamination to minimise the risk of cracking on the fold. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Sample Spot Colour 100gm Executive These are reduced size samples of a Letterhead and 1/3 A4 Compliment Slip printed on 100gm White Executive paper. The printing is in Spot Colour using Pantone 376 and Pantone Process Black. Our 100gm White Executive paper has been selected for its Laser and Inkjet compatibility.
ts
plimen
om With C
53
See pages 55 to 57 for information and pricing on Spot Colour.
6G am, S7 otherh 34 R 2 , 1 d 0 R f: g Worthin 1234 567890 ls Ltd, 0 e u t: F E k .u LG els.co .lge-fu : www
ts
plimen
om With C
w
Print Price Guide 2010
w:
S7 6GF 891 rham, 67 , Rothe 1234 5 d 0 R f: g in 0 , Worth 01234 56789 td L ls e LGE Fu els.co.uk t: ge-fu www.l
1/3 A4 Compliment Slip
LGE Fuels Ltd, Worthing Rd, Rotherham, S7 6GF w: www.lge-fuels.co.uk t: 01234 567890 f: 01234 567891
A4 Letterhead This page is printed on 100gm Executive paper
Sample Spot Colour 100gm Executive These are reduced size samples of a Letterhead and 1/3 A4 Compliment Slip printed on 100gm White Executive paper. The printing is in Spot Colour using Pantone 021, Pantone 313 and Pantone Process Black. Our 100gm White Executive paper has been selected for its Laser and Inkjet compatibility.
54
See pages 55 to 57 for information and pricing on Spot Colour.
WITH C OMPLIM ENTS 79 Prosp ect Roa Rossing d ton, Nea r Donca ster, DN tel. 012 8 4PE 34 567 89 web. w ww.linke 0 email. info @linke d-in.co d-in.co .uk .uk
1/3 A4 Compliment Slip
79 Prospect Road Rossington, Near Doncaster, DN8 4PE tel. 01234 567890 email. info@linked-in.co.uk web. www.linked-in.co.uk
A4 Letterhead This page is printed on 100gm Executive paper
Spot colour
IntroductIon Spot colour Printing is printed on our B3 and B2 Presses. By using ink mixed to specific Pantone® numbers it is possible to achieve exceptional fidelity between print runs and a good match to existing stationery. Examples of Spot colour Printing can be seen on the previous two pages. Our Spot Colour Printing is produced using Directly Imaged Aluminium Plates. The combination of metal plates (using Stochastic Screening*) and superior presses means that our Spot Colour printing is the best quality possible.
the he creative possibilities using one, two, three or more Pantone® colours are almost endless. We have a set price per colour regardless of the Pantone® chosen (except for metallic colours, fluorescents and 2X Pantones). Please add £14.00 + VAT for each metallic colour used and £21.00 + VAT for each fluorescent colour. All 2X Pantones (e.g. Pantone® 354c 2X) are charged as two colours.
* For more details of Stochastic Screening please see page 2.
the he table prices on page 57 are for printing only. this his table must be used in conjunction with the Stock Selector on page 56.
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art paper.
Splitting the printing and the stock means the prices for a great variety of jobs can be found quickly. Some types of paper and card need to be run at slower printing speeds and require extra drying time, this can have implications on the turnaround time as indicated in the panels. We also reserve the right to extend turnaround where very solid prints require extra time to dry. Should you require a paper or card which is not listed we would be pleased to price this for you.
The Spot Colour Printing Process White Paper
Pantone 021
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Pantone 355
Finished Print
Spot Colour Stock Selector Instructions for using Spot Colour Print Tables and Stock Selector.
56
Step 1: Decide what quantity you require.
Step 4: Determine the total cost of the job.
For calculating costs you need to know the number of 100s (over 250) in your required quantity.
This is simply the cost of stock plus the cost of print.
E.g. For a quantity of 800 the number of 100s over 250 is: (800-250) / 100 = 5.5
Total price is: £32.57 + £47.84 = £80.41
Step 2: Determine the cost of the stock.
Step 5: Determine the carriage code for your job.
Obtain the Stock Factor from the table on page 57 for the quantity you would like.
Obtain the Carriage Factor from the table on page 57 for the quantity you would like.
E.g. Stock Factor for 800 A5 = 1.34 (for 250) + 0.40 (per 100) x 5.5 = 3.54
E.g. Carriage Factor for 800 A5 = 0.078 (for 250) + 0.031(per 100) x 5.5 = 0.249
Multiply this result by the Stock Multiplier for your chosen stock.
Multiply this result by the Carriage Multiplier for your chosen stock.
E.g. For 800 A5 on 100gm Zeta the cost of stock is:
E.g. For 800 A5 on 100gm Zeta the carriage code is:
E.g. For 800 A5 Printed Full Colour Single Sided on 100gm Zeta.
9.2 (Stock Multiplier) x 3.54 (Stock Factor) = £32.57 (In the panels below) (In the table on page 57)
1.00 (Carriage Multiplier) x 0.249 = 0.249
You can obtain your carriage cost from the table on page 106.
Step 3: Determine the cost of the print. E.g. For 800 A5 Printed Full Colour Single Sided. Cost of print = £44.65 (for 250) + 5.5 x £0.58 (per 100) = £47.84 80gm Paper Colour Range
100gm Executive Colour Range
100gm Zeta (Linen or Hammer)
100gm Conqueror (Laid or Wove)
Colour Range
Colour Range
105gm Mellotex Colour Range
White, Cream/Vellum, Sunlight Yellow, Celestial Blue, Jade, Ivory
White, Cream/Vellum, Sunlight Yellow, Celestial Blue, Jade, Ivory
Brilliant White, White, Ivory
Diamond White, Brilliant White, High White, Cream
Smooth Ultra White
Stock Multiplier
Stock Multiplier
Stock Multiplier
Stock Multiplier
Stock Multiplier
Carriage Multiplier 0.80
Carriage Multiplier 1.00
Carriage Multiplier 1.00
Carriage Multiplier 1.00
Carriage Multiplier 1.05
Additional Time Required + 0 Working Day
Additional Time Required + 0 Working Day
Additional Time Required + 2 Working Days
Additional Time Required + 1 Working Day
Additional Time Required + 1 Working Day
120gm Conqueror CX22
120gm equest® Colour Range
160gm Card Colour Range
260gm Zeta Card (Linen or Hammer)
Colour Range
White, Cream/Vellum, Sunlight Yellow, Celestial Blue, Jade, Ivory
Colour Range
300gm Conqueror Card (Laid or Wove) Colour Range
Brilliant White, White, Ivory
Diamond White, Brilliant White, High White, Cream
Stock Multiplier
Stock Multiplier 8.9
White 10.2 Tinted 10.6
Stock Multiplier
Stock Multiplier
Stock Multiplier
Carriage Multiplier 1.20
Carriage Multiplier 1.20
Carriage Multiplier 1.60
Carriage Multiplier 2.60
Carriage Multiplier 3.00
Additional Time Required + 1 Working Day
Additional Time Required + 2 Working Days
Additional Time Required + 1 Working Day
Additional Time Required + 2 Working Days
Additional Time Required + 1 Working Day
320gm Conqueror CX22
115gm or 150gm Triple Coated
200gm or 280gm Triple Coated
350gm or 400gm Triple Coated
400gm equest®
Colour Range
Colour Range White
Colour Range White
Colour Range White
Stock Multiplier
Stock Multiplier
Stock Multiplier
Colour Range
White 2.3 Tinted 3.3
White 3.9 Tinted 4.2
Diamond White
10.5
White
Diamond White
Stock Multiplier 28.0
Carriage Multiplier 3.20
Additional Time Required + 1 Working Day
115gm Gloss 3.8 Silk 3.8
150gm Gloss 4.7 Silk 4.7
9.2
200gm Gloss 7.0 Silk 7.0
Carriage Multiplier 1.15
280gm Gloss 9.8 Silk 9.8
8.5
27.0
350gm Matt 12.3
Carriage Multiplier 1.50
Additional Time Required + 1 Working Day
2.00
2.80
3.50
26.7
White
400gm Matt 14.2
Carriage Multiplier
Additional Time Required + 1 Working Day
9.7
4.00
Additional Time Required + 0 Working Day
Stock Multiplier 16.1
Carriage Multiplier 4.00
Additional Time Required + 2 Working Days
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Spot Colour Print Prices The prices in this table are for printing only. Before using this table, please refer to the instructions on page 56. Non Standard Printing Size
Quantity
Stock Factor
Credit Card
250
0.200
£33.40
£26.82
0.012
+ per 100
0.060
£0.42
£0.32
0.005
250
0.400
£34.80
£27.86
0.023
+ per 100
0.120
£0.44
£0.34
0.009
250
0.670
£35.93
£28.13
0.039
+ per 100
0.200
£0.45
£0.37
0.016
250
0.870
£41.13
£32.63
0.052
+ per 100
0.260
£0.53
£0.43
0.021
250
1.340
£44.65
£35.71
0.078
+ per 100
0.400
£0.58
£0.47
0.031
250
2.680
£51.10
£40.98
0.156
+ per 100
0.800
£1.24
£0.99
0.062
250
5.360
£76.15
£61.03
0.312
+ per 100
1.600
£2.06
£1.65
0.124
85mm x 55mm
Double Credit Card 110mm x 85mm or 170mm x 55mm
A6
148.5mm x 105mm
1/3 A4
210mm x 99mm
A5
210mm x 148.5mm
A4
297mm x 210mm
A3
420mm x 297mm
Single Sided
Double Sided
Carriage Factor
Finishing Options
*Up to 20,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Finishing Options For a key to Finishing Options and pricing please use the throw out on page 106. Tinted finishing icons indicate that particular operation is not possible on that product size. Not all finishing options are available on all stocks. Please Note: We do not laminate Spot Colour printing as standard. If you require your printed work to be laminated, please request a bespoke quote. We can Fold or Crease Fold materials less than 285gm and crease thicker This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
materials ready for folding. Please be aware that cracking can occur through coloured print on the folds. Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce Bespoke Sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Please specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering.
Print Price Guide 2010
Express Express Plus Economy Turnaround ; Anticipated in 6Days* working2days.* Need it faster? Please call. Turnaround Options ;completion 4 Working 8 Working Working Days* Days*
57
bottom sheet to be perforated please specify this at the time of ordering. Where perforations are specified together with padding the pads are wire stitched (stapled) so that the bottom sheets are securely retained in the pad. Please specify which edge of the set is to be perforated (top, left side, etc.).
Numbering (crash through set)
ncr Sets
IntroductIon Introduct ncr (no carbon required) duplicating Sets are one of our particular specialities. they are the quick and simple solution when several copies of a document are required. the range of applications is endless, from delivery notes to restaurant order Pads or Sales Invoices. An NCR Set consists of at least two sheets. They rely on pressure to transfer an image from the top sheet to those underneath. They can be used with a ball point pen or using an impact printer such as a Dot Matrix or Daisy Wheel. the amount of pressure required to form an adequate copy on the bottom sheet increases with the number of sheets in the set. For this reason sets should not normally be more than five sheets. Sheets are available in the following colours: Blue, Pink, Green, Yellow and White.
A 170gm white card bottom sheet can be specified if required. this is particularly useful in applications where loose sets are needed but flat surfaces for writing are difficult to find! ncr Sets are supplied ready to use as loose individual sets as standard. Please Note: ncr Sets do not work with Ink Jet or Laser Printers.
Finishing Options It is possible to specify numerous finishing options to complete your ncr.
Single Perforation We would normally perforate all sections of your set except the bottom sheet. If you also require the
numbers are applied by impact on the top sheet which transfers to the other sheets using the self impression property of the set. Please specify your required start number, any prefix you require and where you would like your number to be positioned on the sheet.
Padding A number of sets are made in to a pad for ease of use. Pads of 100 sets are practical for two part sets. three part sets and above are normally padded in 50’s. Please specify which edge of the sheet is to be glued (top, left side, etc.). Each pad is provided with a loose card to be placed under each set before use. Where padding and perforation is specified, the Pads are stapled as well as glued.
Hole Drilling Please specify where you would like your hole (holes) to be positioned and what diameter of hole you require (3mm, 3.5mm or 6mm diameter).
Bespoke Size NCR Sets If you require a bespoke size ncr simply detail your requirements at the time of order. Please price as the next size up. We make no additional charge for cutting sets to non standard sizes.
Special Shaped NCR Sets We specialize in the production of custom shaped ncr pads of any size up to A4. the cost of the cutting Forme (which is a one off cost) depends on the complexity of the shape required. the cost of the die-cutting once the Forme has been obtained is £49.00 + VAT setup plus £0.13 + VAT per pad. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
NCR Sets Instructions for using the NCR Pricing Table 1/3 A4 or A6 NCR Set - Please specify
+Per Additional Colour (either side)
Extra Card Bottom (per set)
Add to Additional Sheet Price
£6.28
+Per Additional Colour (either side)
Single Colour Print
£2.47 £0.49 £1.79 £0.20 £2.45
0.01
Extra Per Each Additional Sheet
First Sheet Only
+per 100
0.03 0.01
250 Sets
£55.28 £38.05 £28.27 £15.27
0.04
Colour Single Colour Print
0.08 0.03
Sheets
E.g. For a quantity of 800 the number of 100s over 250 is (800-250) / 100 = 5.5 Step 2: Determine the NCR Set cost for your required quantity. Look at the table which matches the size you require. Obtain the cost of each sheet in your set for the required quantity.
A5 NCR Set
+Per Additional Colour (either side)
Extra Card Bottom (per set)
Add to Additional Sheet Price
£9.50
+Per Additional Colour (either side)
Single Colour Print
£3.45 £0.54 £1.97 £0.22 £3.71
0.02
Extra Per Each Additional Sheet
£62.88 £41.58 £30.30 £16.76
Single Colour Print
First Sheet Only
+per 100
0.04 0.02
250 Sets 0.06
Colour
0.12 0.05
Sheets
A4 NCR Set
+Per Additional Colour (either side)
Extra Card Bottom (per set)
Add to Additional Sheet Price
£18.75
+Per Additional Colour (either side)
Single Colour Print
£6.97 £1.14 £2.19 £0.26 £7.36
0.04
Extra Per Each Additional Sheet
First Sheet Only
+per 100
0.08 0.03
250 Sets
£80.34 £48.05 £34.12 £18.38
0.12
Colour Single Colour Print
0.20 0.09
Sheets
Sheet 1: First colour £62.88 (250) + 5.5 x £3.45 (per 100) = £81.86 Second colour £41.58 (250) + 5.5 x £0.54 (per 100) = £44.55 T & Cs on the reverse (same price as second colour) = £44.55 Sheet 2: First colour £30.30 (250) + 5.5 x £1.97 (per 100) = £41.14 Second colour £16.76 (250) + 5.5 x £0.22 (per 100) = £17.97 Total cost of the 800 sets = £230.07 Step 3: Add the additions for any finishing you require. Use the Additional NCR Finishing table to obtain the extra costs. E.g. For Numbering (Crash Through Set) of 800 A5 Sets. Cost is £2.84 (250) + 5.5 x £1.09 (per 100) = £8.84
Extra Card Bottom (per set)
Add to Additional Sheet Price
£37.61
Single Colour Print
£13.38 £1.90 £3.17 £0.35 £14.71
0.08
+Per Additional Colour (either side)
+Per Additional Colour (either side)
0.20 0.06
Extra Per Each Additional Sheet
£128.92 £70.89 £50.05 £27.01
Single Colour Print
First Sheet Only
+per 100 0.20
250 Sets
0.50 0.17
Colour
Additional NCR Finishing Operation
Single Perforation sheet of set Numbering (Crash Through Set) Padding 100/pad Padding 50/pad Hole Drilling (per hole)
+per 100
£1.99 £2.84 £1.61 £3.17 £2.48
£0.75 £1.09 £0.60 £1.22 £0.95
;
Turnaround Options
250 Sets
Express Express Plus Economy Anticipated completion 3 in 8 working days.* 12 Need it faster? Please call. 6 Working Days*
Working Day*
Up to 5,000 sets, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Obtain the carriage code using the figures in the green boxes. E.g. For 800 Two Part A5 NCR Carriage code is: 0.06 (250 of first sheet) + 5.5 x 0.024 (per 100 of first sheet) = 0.192 +0.05 (250 of second sheet) + 5.5 x 0.020 (per 100 of second sheet) = 0.16 Carriage code equals the sum of these = 0.352 Please obtain your carriage cost from the table on page 107.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready pdf, artwork. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce bespoke sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Just specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge.
Print Price Guide 2010
Sheets
59
E.g. For 800 Two Part A5 NCR Sets printed in Two Colours with Terms and Conditions (T & Cs) on the reverse of the first sheet.
Step 4: Determine the carriage code for your job.
A3 NCR Set
Working Days*
Step 1: Decide what quantity of NCRs you require. For calculating costs you need to know the number of 100s (over 250) in your required quantity.
Books and Booklets
IntroductIon Introduct We are particularly well equipped to produce Books and Booklets and this is reflected in the exceptionally competitive prices we charge. The easy to use tables on pages 61 64 allow virtually any permutation of size, quantity, material and printing to be priced quickly. Material Choices the material you would like to use for the inside pages of your Book or Booklet determines which table you should look at. For 100gm Executive paper
or 100gm equest® paper inners please refer to page 62. For 115gm or 150gm Gloss or Silk Art please refer to page 63. For 160gm equest® or 200gm Gloss or Silk please refer to page 64. In each case you can specify that your cover is to be printed on the same material as the inners, or choose covers printed on 200gm or 280gm Gloss or Silk (any of which can be laminated) or 300gm equest® card (which is an uncoated material not suitable for lamination).
Binding Options: Wire Stitching (stapling) 1. Folding
2. Gathering
3. Stitching
4. trimming
Finished Booklet
Please Note: Not all stitched Booklets are finished our way. Many are collated before folding and stitching. It’s easier but results in a ‘springy’ Booklet.
this is ideal for Booklets with a smaller number of pages. We fold our sections prior to assembly resulting in Booklets which sit flat and look professional. For a small premium we can loop stitch Booklets. this gives the staples an eye so the booklet will fit in to a ring binder.
Perfect Binding (this catalogue is perfect bound) For larger Books perfect binding is the most suitable option. Each of our price tables gives a recommended minimum number of pages required for perfect binding.
1. Folding
2. collation
3. castleated cutting
4. clamp Glueing
5. trimming
Finished Booklet
Orientation All our prices are for Portrait (bound on the long edge) or Landscape (bound on the short edge) Books.
Non Standard Sizes If you require a non Standard size Booklet, e.g. a cd size (120mm square), simply price as the next standard size, in this case A5 (148mm x 210mm). We make no extra charge for trimming to a bespoke size.
Turnaround the turnaround times shown are for up to 10,000 Wire Stitched Booklets and up to 1,250 Perfect Bound or Loop Stitched Booklets. For larger quantities please confirm turnaround at the time of ordering.
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Book and Booklets Pricing System Using our easy Booklet Pricing System virtually any Booklet permutation can be priced quickly and efficiently. The price is made up of a series of simple elements. Step 1: Obtain the setup price for either Wire Stitched, Loop Stitched or Perfect Bound Booklets from Table A below.
Stitching Setup Cost
Table A
Size
Wire Stitching Setup Cost
Loop Stitching Setup Cost
Perfect Binding Setup Cost
A6 148.5mm x 105mm
£153.00
£233.00
£351.50
1/3 A4 210mm x 99mm
£161.50
A5 210mm x 148.5mm
£182.75
A4 297mm x 210mm
£199.75
£279.75
£389.50
Square 210mm x 210mm
£199.75
£279.75
£389.50
£241.50
OR
£361.00
OR
£262.75
61
£370.50
Step 2: Obtain the price of your cover from Table B Please Note: Miss out steps 2 and 3 if your Booklet cover is the same material as your inner pages and does not require lamination.
A6 148.5mm x 105mm
£43.85
£58.68
£30.35
£186.86
1/3 A4 210mm x 99mm
£46.16
£61.76
£32.52
£196.69
A5 210mm x 148.5mm
£57.58
£74.40
£34.69
£245.93
£96.87
£112.55
£51.77
£321.08
£87.18
£101.29
£46.59
£288.97
Per Extra Colour
250
Full Colour
£2.09 £1.91 £0.34 £3.83 £2.18 £2.02 £0.43 £4.68 £2.92 £2.73 £0.53 £5.41 £4.04 £3.91 £0.77 £7.57 £3.61 £3.49 £0.70 £6.97
£6.37 £8.53
+
£12.75 £25.58 £18.09
+per 100
£0.89 £1.19 £1.78 £3.58 £2.53
250
£19.39 £25.94
OR
£38.78 £77.83 £55.03
+per 100
£2.71 £3.63 £5.43 £10.90 £7.70
Step 3: Obtain the price of your cover lamination from Table C Please Note: Lamination is not possible on equest® 300gm Card. Only 200gm and 280gm Covers at Step 2 can be laminated.
Table C
Cover Lamination
250
Size
Gloss
+per 100 Matt
Gloss
Matt
A6 148.5mm x 105mm
£33.25
£36.94
£3.78
£4.33
1/3 A4 210mm x 99mm
£34.99
£38.88
£4.01
£4.56
A5 210mm x 148.5mm
£43.74
£48.60
£5.25
£5.85
A4 297mm x 210mm
£47.27
£52.49
£5.58
£7.70
Square 210mm x 210mm
£45.50
£50.54
£5.45
£6.82
Step 4: Obtain the price of your inner pages from Table D for your chosen material. See page 62 for 100gm Executive and equest® paper. See page 63 for 115gm and 150gm Gloss and Silk Art. Or see page 64 for 160gm equest® paper and 200gm Gloss and Silk Art. Please Note: If the cover of your Booklet is the same material as the inner pages and not laminated, then include the cover (4 pages) in the page count when using Table D
Your Booklet is the sum of the amounts in Tables A, B, C and D Step 5: Obtain the price for carriage by simply adding together the codes for the elements of your Booklet and then by referring to page 107. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Print Price Guide 2010
A4 297mm x 210mm Square 210mm x 210mm
First Spot Colour
0.18 0.27 0.14 0.09 0.06
Black & White
Full Colour
Supplement for 300gm equest® Cover 0.44 0.66 0.33 0.23 0.17
+per 100
First Spot Colour Per Extra Colour
0.29 0.44 0.22 0.15 0.01
Black & White
0.12 0.18 0.09 0.06 0.04
250
Size
Supplement for 280gm Cover 0.17 0.25 0.13 0.08 0.06
Cost of 200gm Cover
0.41 0.62 0.31 0.21 0.15
Table B
Books & Booklets Inner pages printed on 100gm Executive or equest® paper Please Note: The tables on this page must be read in conjunction with those on pages 61 to price all elements of your Booklet. Also, a sheet of paper is 2 pages and the number of pages in a Book must always be a multiple of 4 pages.
Table D First Spot colour
Per Extra colour
£4.80
£8.94
£7.69
£23.50
Full colour
1/3 A4 210mm x 99mm
£4.86
£9.70
£8.36
£27.88
A5 210mm x 148.5mm
£6.39
£10.49
£8.83
£30.63
A4 297mm x 210mm
£11.28
£16.20
£12.79
£47.59
Square 210mm x 210mm
£10.60
£15.10
£11.56
£42.64
0.11 0.16 0.08 0.05 0.04
Black & White
A6 148.5mm x 105mm
Black & White
First Spot colour
Per Extra colour
£0.41
£0.37
£0.09
£0.34
£0.43
£0.39
£0.11
£0.45
£0.52
£0.49
£0.14
£0.55
£0.84
£0.79
£0.19
£0.86
£0.75
£0.71
£0.17
£0.78
£0.73
Extra per page for Perfect Binding
Full colour
For 100gm Executive Wire Stitching or Loop Stitching is possible between 8 and 80 pages. Perfect Binding is possible from 56 pages.
£0.07 Express
Express Plus
Economy
Turnaround ; Anticipated in 8Days* working3days.* Need it faster? call. Turnaround Options ;completion 12 Please 6 Working Working Days* Working Days* Table D Black & White
+per 100
First Spot colour
Per Extra colour
Full colour
A6 148.5mm x 105mm
£5.54
£9.68
£7.69
£24.24
1/3 A4 210mm x 99mm
£5.85
£10.70
£8.36
£28.88
A5 210mm x 148.5mm
£7.88
£11.97
£8.83
£32.11
A4 297mm x 210mm
£14.26
£19.18
£12.79
£50.57
Square 210mm x 210mm
£12.71
£17.21
£11.56
£44.75
Extra per page for Perfect Binding
£0.73
Black & White
First Spot colour
Per Extra colour
Full colour
£0.70
£0.67
£0.09
£0.64
£0.83
£0.78
£0.11
£0.85
£1.12
£1.08
£0.14
£1.14
£2.03
£1.98
£0.19
£2.05
£1.59
£1.55
£0.17
£1.63
0.04 0.06 0.03 0.02 0.01
250
Size
100gm equest® Inner Pages
Additional cost per page on 100gm equest®
0.11 0.16 0.08 0.05 0.04
62
+per 100 0.04 0.06 0.03 0.02 0.01
250
Size
100gm Executive Inner Pages
Additional cost per page on 100gm Executive
£0.07 Express
Express Plus
Economy
working4days.* Need it faster? call. Turnaround ; Anticipated in 8Days* Turnaround Options ;completion 8 Working 16 Please Working Days* Working Days*
For 100gm equest® Wire Stitching or Loop Stitching is possible between 8 and 84 pages. Perfect Binding is possible from 60 pages.
*up to 10,000 for Wire Stitched Booklets and up to 1,250 for Perfect Bound or Loop Stitched Booklets. For larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + carriage and VAt at applicable rates. terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround PdF artwork. times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, P designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Books & Booklets Inner pages printed on 115gm or 150gm Gloss or Silk Art Please Note: The tables on this page must be read in conjunction with those on pages 61 to price all elements of your Booklet. Also, a sheet of paper is 2 pages and the number of pages in a Book must always be a multiple of 4 pages.
Table D
Additional cost per page on 115gm Gloss or Silk Art
+per 100
Black & White
First Spot colour
Per Extra colour
Full colour
A6 148.5mm x 105mm
£4.80
£8.94
£7.69
£23.50
1/3 A4 210mm x 99mm
£4.86
£9.70
£8.36
£27.88
A5 210mm x 148.5mm
£6.39
£10.49
£8.83
£30.63
A4 297mm x 210mm
£11.28
£16.20
£12.79
£47.59
Square 210mm x 210mm
£10.60
£15.10
£11.56
£42.64
Black & White
First Spot colour
Per Extra colour
£0.41
£0.37
£0.09
£0.43
£0.39
£0.11
£0.45
£0.52
£0.49
£0.14
£0.55
£0.84
£0.79
£0.19
£0.86
£0.75
£0.71
£0.17
£0.78
£0.73
Extra per page for Perfect Binding
Full colour
£0.34
0.05 0.07 0.04 0.02 0.02
250
Size
For 115gm Gloss or Silk Art Wire Stitching or Loop Stitching is possible between 8 and 80 pages. Perfect Binding is possible from 56 pages.
0.12 0.18 0.09 0.06 0.05
115gm Gloss or Silk Art Inner Pages
63
£0.07 Express
Express Plus
Economy
Turnaround ; Anticipated in 8Days* working3days.* Need it faster? call. Turnaround Options ;completion 12 Please 6 Working Working Days* Working Days*
Black & White
+per 100
First Spot colour
Per Extra colour
Full colour
A6 148.5mm x 105mm
£5.54
£9.68
£7.69
£24.24
1/3 A4 210mm x 99mm
£5.85
£10.70
£8.36
£28.88
£7.88
£11.97
£8.83
£32.11
A4 297mm x 210mm
£14.26
£19.18
£12.79
£50.57
Square 210mm x 210mm
£12.71
£17.21
£11.56
£44.75
Extra per page for Perfect Binding
Per Extra colour
Full colour
£0.70
£0.67
£0.09
£0.64
£0.83
£0.78
£0.11
£0.85
£1.12
£1.08
£0.14
£1.14
£2.03
£1.98
£0.19
£2.05
£1.59
£1.55
£0.17
£1.63
£0.07 Express
Express Plus
Economy
; Anticipated in 8Days* working3days.* Need it faster? call. Turnaround Turnaround Options ;completion 12 Please 6 Working Working Days* Working Days*
Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce Bespoke Sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Please specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
£0.73
First Spot colour
Print Price Guide 2010
A5 210mm x 148.5mm
Black & White
0.06 0.09 0.05 0.03 0.02
250
Size
For 150gm Gloss or Silk Art Wire Stitching or Loop Stitching is possible between 8 and 60 pages. Perfect Binding is possible from 44 pages.
*up to 10,000 for Wire Stitched Booklets and up to 1,250 for Perfect Bound or Loop Stitched Booklets. For larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + carriage and VAt at applicable rates. terms are payment with order.
Table D
Additional cost per page on 150gm Gloss or Silk Art
0.16 0.23 0.11 0.76 0.60
150gm Gloss or Silk Art Inner Pages
Books & Booklets Inner pages printed on 160gm equest® or 200gm Gloss or Silk Art Please Note: The tables on this page must be read in conjunction with those on pages 61 to price all elements of your Booklet. Also, a sheet of paper is 2 pages and the number of pages in a Book must always be a multiple of 4 pages.
Table D First Spot Colour
Per Extra Colour
£12.80
£16.77
£7.69
£32.58
Full Colour
1/3 A4 210mm x 99mm
£15.62
£20.02
£8.36
£38.38
A5 210mm x 148.5mm
£21.95
£26.24
£8.83
£45.98
A4 297mm x 210mm
£42.41
£47.26
£12.79
£78.49
Square 210mm x 210mm
£32.57
£37.07
£11.56
£64.97
0.11 0.16 0.08 0.05 0.04
Black & White
A6 148.5mm x 105mm
Black & White
First Spot Colour
Per Extra Colour
£0.94
£0.89
£0.09
£0.85
£1.12
£1.07
£0.11
£1.11
£1.55
£1.50
£0.14
£1.55
£2.86
£2.82
£0.19
£2.85
£2.22
£2.17
£0.17
£2.20
£0.73
Extra per page for Perfect Binding
Full Colour
For 160gm equest® Wire Stitching or Loop Stitching is possible between 8 and 52 pages. Perfect Binding is possible from 40 pages.
£0.07 Express
Express Plus
Economy
Turnaround ; Anticipated completion in 10Days* working4days.* Need it faster? call. Turnaround Options ; 8 Working 16 Please Working Days* Working Days* Table D
+per 100
First Spot Colour
Per Extra Colour
Full Colour
A6 148.5mm x 105mm
£5.43
£9.72
£7.69
£26.42
1/3 A4 210mm x 99mm
£5.76
£10.15
£8.36
£32.61
A5 210mm x 148.5mm
£7.20
£11.59
£8.83
£34.81
A4 297mm x 210mm
£12.67
£18.90
£12.79
£55.83
Square 210mm x 210mm
£11.59
£16.99
£11.56
£49.93
Extra per page for Perfect Binding
Black & White
First Spot Colour
Per Extra Colour
£0.59
£0.54
£0.09
£0.49
£0.61
£0.57
£0.11
£0.62
£0.76
£0.71
£0.14
£0.78
£1.25
£1.19
£0.19
£1.27
£1.13
£1.07
£0.17
£1.14
£0.73
Full Colour
0.01
Black & White
0.04 0.06 0.03
250
Size
200gm Gloss or Silk Art Inner Pages
Additional cost per page on 200gm or Silk Art
0.11 0.16 0.08 0.05 0.04
64
+per 100 0.04 0.06 0.03 0.02 0.01
250
Size
160gm equest® Inner Pages
Additional cost per page on 160gm equest®
£0.07 Express
Express Plus
Economy
Turnaround ; Anticipated in 8Days* working3days.* Need it faster? call. Turnaround Options ;completion 12 Please 6 Working Working Days* Working Days*
For 200gm Gloss or Silk Art Wire Stitching or Loop Stitching is possible between 8 and 48 pages. Perfect Binding is possible from 36 pages.
*Up to 10,000 for Wire Stitched Booklets and up to 1,250 for Perfect Bound or Loop Stitched Booklets. For larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples.
Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce Bespoke Sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Please specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Spot colour and Full colour olour Labels
IntroductIon
our Labels are litho printed for exceptional quality and durability. they are designed to perform well in a wide variety of applications. Material our Labels are self-adhesive and have a white semi-gloss finish. they are permanent (i.e. non removable once applied). the Label backing is split diagonally which makes it easy to peel the Label from the backing no matter what the Label size is.
one-up, Label. Please specify the size you require at the time of ordering.
Please note: our Label material is not waterproof and should not be used in damp conditions or in fridges. our minimum size Label is 40mm in either direction. We would always recommend a small quantity run initially to confirm their suitability for a particular application.
Finishing
Sizes
Special Shaped Labels
Prices are provided on pages 66 and 67 for popular Label sizes. If your required size is not listed simply price as the next Label size up. there is no additional charge for cutting out your custom size rectangular,
We are now able to die-cut or Kiss-cut shapes out of A6, A5, A4 or 250mm square Labels. Kiss-cutting means that the Label material is cut but the backing sheet is not. It means that the cut Labels are retained on the backing.
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
cd/dVd Labels, printed on the same semi gloss material as our standard Labels, are available. there is a specific price table for this type of Label.
All sizes of Label can be round cornered if required. the cutters available are for either a 3mm or a 10mm radius corner. the extra cost for round cornering is shown on page 106.
the one-off cost of a die-cutting Forme starts at just ÂŁ60.00 + VAT VAT. this cost is incurred only once. on subsequent runs we can use the same Forme again. As many Shaped Labels as will fit can be cut out of a sheet. Please submit your design for us to price the Forme required. the cost of die-cutting is calculated from a setup charge and then a run on cost per 1000. Setup charge ÂŁ45.00 + VAT. running cost ÂŁ30.00 +VAT per 1000.
Labels Spot or Full colour Credit Card - 85mm x 55mm
66
A6 - 148.5mm x 105mm
Quantity
One Colour
Per Extra Colour
Full Colour
Carriage
Quantity
One Colour
Per Extra Colour
Full Colour
Carriage
250 500
£38.94 £43.64
£27.89 £28.78
£100.00 £106.99
0.03
250 500
£46.94 £56.26
£29.26 £37.84
£109.55 £120.10
0.08
0.05
1,250
£57.71
£31.43
£127.94
0.12
1,250
£84.25
£39.24
£151.74
0.40
2,500
£81.30
£35.85
£162.87
0.25
2,500
£130.89
£41.58
£204.47
0.80
5,000
£128.37
£44.69
£232.72
0.50
5,000
£224.17
£46.26
£309.94
1.60
7,500
£175.43
£53.53
£302.58
0.75
7,500
£317.45
£55.41
£415.41
2.40
10,000 +10,000/2,500
£222.49 £47.06
£62.37 £8.84
£372.43 £69.85
1.00
10,000 +10,000/2,500
£410.73 £100.44
£64.56 £11.70
£520.88 £130.91
3.20
Finishing Options
0.16
Finishing Options
Double Credit Card - 170mm x 55mm or 110mm x 85mm
1/3 A4 - 210mm x 99mm
Quantity
One Colour
Per Extra Colour
Full Colour
Carriage
Quantity
One Colour
Per Extra Colour
Full Colour
Carriage
250 500
£43.97 £51.52
£28.97 £36.65
£106.19 £114.76
0.05
250 500
£55.40 £67.76
£33.94 £43.33
£129.19 £143.43
0.10
0.10
1,250
£74.16
£38.02
£140.45
0.25
1,250
£104.83
£44.98
£186.14
0.50
2,500
£111.89
£40.31
£183.27
0.50
2,500
£166.63
£47.74
£257.32
1.00
5,000
£187.37
£44.89
£268.92
1.00
5,000
£290.23
£53.25
£399.67
2.00
7,500
£262.84
£49.46
£354.57
1.50
7,500
£413.82
£58.76
£542.03
3.00
10,000 +10,000/2,500
£338.31 £82.47
£54.04 £11.44
£440.22 £107.91
2.00
10,000 +10,000/2,500
£537.42 £132.02
£64.27 £13.78
£684.39 £178.93
4.00
Finishing Options
0.20
Finishing Options Express
Express Plus
Economy
Turnaround ; Anticipated in 8Days* working3days.* Need it faster? PleaseDays* call. Turnaround Options ;completion 6 Working 12 Working Working Days* *up to 10,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + carriage and VAt at applicable rates. terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PdF artwork. designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Labels Spot or Full colour A5 - 210mm x 148.5mm
250 Square - 250mm x 250mm
Quantity
One Colour
Per Extra Colour
Full Colour
Carriage
Quantity
One Colour
Per Extra Colour
Full Colour
Carriage
250 500
£65.03 £83.35
£37.14 £47.04
£146.23 £166.47
0.15
250 500
£116.13 £153.73
£63.47 £81.34
£233.10 £274.24
0.30
0.30
1,250
£138.30
£48.85
£227.21
0.75
1,250
£266.53
£87.77
£397.66
1.50
2,500
£229.88
£51.86
£328.44
1.50
2,500
£454.52
£98.48
£603.35
3.00
5,000
£413.05
£57.90
£530.90
2.25
5,000
£830.50
£119.90
£1,014.74
6.00
7,500
£596.22
£63.93
£733.36
3.00
7,500
£1,206.48
£141.33
£1,426.12
9.00
10,000 +10,000/2,500
£779.39 £192.39
£69.96 £15.08
£935.82 £240.62
6.00
10,000 +10,000/2,500
£1,582.46 £408.74
£162.75 £53.56
£1,837.51 £497.25
12.00
Finishing Options
0.60
67
Finishing Options
A4 - 297mm x 210mm
CD Label - 118mm Diameter
Quantity
One Colour
Per Extra Colour
Full Colour
Carriage
Quantity
One Colour
Per Extra Colour
Full Colour
Carriage
250 500
£89.58 £126.31
£42.62 £54.43
£182.75 £221.99
0.30
250 500
£71.54 £91.68
£40.85 £51.74
£160.86 £183.13
0.05
0.60
1,250
£236.50
£58.30
£339.68
1.50
1,250
£152.13
£53.74
£249.94
0.30
2,500
£420.14
£64.75
£535.83
3.00
2,500
£252.87
£57.05
£361.29
0.50
5,000
£787.43
£77.65
£928.14
6.00
5,000
£454.36
£63.69
£584.00
1.20
7,500
£1,154.72
£90.54
£1,320.44
9.00
7,500
£655.84
£70.32
£806.70
1.80
10,000 +10,000/2,500
£1,522.01 £387.01
£103.44 £32.24
£1,712.75 £449.55
12.00
10,000 +10,000/2,500
£857.33 £211.63
£76.96 £16.59
£1,029.41 £264.68
2.40
*up to 10,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + carriage and VAt at applicable rates. terms are payment with order.
Finishing Options
Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce Bespoke Sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Please specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Express
Express Plus
Economy
Turnaround ; Anticipated in 8Days* working3days.* Need it faster? PleaseDays* call. Turnaround Options ;completion 6 Working 12 Working Working Days*
Print Price Guide 2010
Finishing Options
0.11
display Boards, Point of Sale and three dimensional Merchandisers
IntroductIon
the arrival of our new Jumbo KBA 162a Press has marked an exciting new era for us all. Suddenly lots of products which for volume production were previously the reserve of screen printers can be produced lithographically. The advantages of using a Lithographic press for these products are numerous and significant. Quality Previously the quality of big, screen printed, display Boards and Point of Sale was disappointing, at best! the limitations of Screen Printing meant that the print had to be made up of very large dots. When viewed at anything but a large distance away the dots made the print virtually impossible to decipher.
With our new press we can print huge posters with the same exceptional clarity which has become our hallmark for smaller print sizes. the difference in quality of the finished job truly must be seen to be believed!
offers exceptionally fast press make ready times. this means that our response to your needs can be virtually instant if required and our ‘normal’ turnaround is anything but normal!
Economy the cost of traditionally printed display Boards and Point of Sale is extremely high because of the time consuming nature of the process. our new Litho Production techniques have allowed us to make a step change in the cost of these products. Greater economy opens up the opportunity to use display Boards and Point of Sale, which have proven their effectiveness over time, in applications where previously they were cost prohibitive.
The difference in quality of the finished job truly must be seen to be believed!
Plus our close computer control of colour means that every job and every sheet of every job will be a faithful render of the designers’ intentions.
Speed the time taken to make traditional screens and to set up the screen print press was considerable. our new process uses ‘computer to Plate’ technology and This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Display Boards Display Boards Prototype
A5 210mm x 148.5mm
£7.71
£115.63
A4 297mm x 210mm
£10.50
£170.55
A3 420mm x 297mm
£13.07
£230.18
A2 594mm x 420mm
£14.24
£399.40
Over 25
25
A1 840mm x 594mm
£23.29
£476.22
A0 1188mm x 840mm
£38.14
£880.20
Large Poster 1350mm x 900mm
£52.40
£987.89
Jumbo Poster 1600mm x 1100mm
£69.68
£1,088.79
(Cost per Board) 7.40 5.11 4.20 2.10 1.05 0.53 0.26 0.13
(each)
£1.05 £1.43 £1.78 £1.94 £2.35 £3.85 £5.29 £7.03
0.30 0.20 0.11 0.09 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.005
Size
Struts (each)
£0.19 £0.26 £0.33 £0.81 £1.33 £2.08 £2.69
69
£3.13
Express Express Plus Economy Turnaround ; Anticipated in 8Days* working3days.* Need it faster? Please call. Turnaround Options ;completion 6 Working 12 Working Working Days* Days*
*Up to 500 Boards, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Materials Our Display Boards and Point of Sale are printed on 200gm Gloss Art sheets mounted on to 2mm thick solid grey board (For A0 size and above the board used is 2.9mm). The same image is applied to each side of the board (or unprinted white 200gm paper is applied to the reverse of freestanding Boards).
Please Note: Prototypes are produced using Digital or Wide Bed Ink Jet technology. Production runs of 25 boards or more are Litho printed. Struts can only be supplied with boards. They cannot be supplied separately.
1 The one off Forme cost ranges from £60.00 +VAT upwards depending on the size and complexity of the shape. 2 The setup cost before boards which can be cut is £45.00 +VAT 3 The Running cost: £0.45 +VAT per board (up to A3 size) £0.85 +VAT per board (A3 size to A1 size) £1.50 +VAT per board (A1 size +)
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce Bespoke Sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Please specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering.
Print Price Guide 2010
We can supply loose struts which are also white finished.
Finishing We can drill your Boards ready for hanging or Die-Cut to any finished shape. The cost of Drilling Boards is £0.25 + VAT per hole per board. We can also cut your Boards to any shape. There are three elements to the cost of Die-Cutting boards:
Point of Sale Leaflet dispenser our Point of Sale Leaflet dispensers are printed on 200gm Gloss Art and then laminated on to 1.5mm E flute corrugated cardboard. they are then die cut to shape and supplied packed flat, ready for assembly at the point of use. they can also be supplied made up if required for an additional cost and extra carriage cost based on bulk rather than weight.
he design featured and priced here is available in the three sizes to accommodate 1/3 A4, A5 or A4 portrait leaflets. off course it is simply one solution, there is an almost infinite range of possible sizes and shapes. We would be delighted to discuss your specific requirements and produce a Prototype to ‘prove’ your design. igital Please note: Prototypes are produced using digital or Wide Bed Ink Jet technology. Production runs of 50 dispensers or more are Litho printed.
70
Leaflet Dispenser 1/3 A4
£29.82
A5
£32.48
A4
£37.97
Over 50
50 £282.00 £346.70 £412.15
(per dispenser) 4.25 2.13 1.42
Prototype (each) 0.06 0.03 0.02
Size (to hold)
£1.24 £1.74 £2.23
Express Express Plus Economy Turnaround Options ; Anticipated completion in 10 working days.*Days* Need it16 faster? Please call. Turnaround ; 8 4 Working Working Days* Working Days*
*up to 500, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + carriage arriage and VA VAtt at applicable rates. tterms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, P PdF artwork. designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Three Dimensional Merchandisers Brochure Display Our Three Dimensional Merchandisers are printed on 200gm Gloss Art and then laminated on to fluted corrugated cardboard. They are then die cut to shape, glued and supplied packed flat, ready for assembly at the point of use. They can also be supplied made up if required for an additional cost and extra carriage cost based on bulk rather than weight.
Of course it is simply one solution, there is an almost infinite range of possible sizes and shapes. We would be delighted to discuss your specific requirements and produce a Prototype to ‘prove’ your design. Please note: Prototypes are produced using Digital or Wide Bed Ink Jet technology. Production runs of 50 Brochure Displays or more are Litho printed.
Counter Top and Floorstanding Merchandiser The designs featured and priced here are available to accommodate A4 and A3 Brochures or Magazines.
71
Counter Top Brochure Display A4
£47.60
A3
£68.70
£722.00 £923.00
Over 50 (each) £10.10
A4 1079mm A3 1204mm
£12.92
;
;
Turnaround Turnaround Options Options
50 30.00 30.00
Prototype (each) 0.42 0.30
Size (to hold)
Express
Express Plus
Economy
16 Working 8 WorkinginDays* 4 days.* Anticipated completion 10 working Need it faster? PleaseDays* call. Working Days* *Up to 500, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
A4 770mm A3 916mm
A4 1400mm A3 1400mm
Floorstanding Brochure Display £107.34
A3
£129.34
Express
£1,923.00
£22.30 £26.90
A4 1048mm A3 1048mm
;
;
Turnaround Turnaround Options Options
£1,596.00
Over 50 (each) 30.00 30.00
A4
50 1.90 1.35
Prototype (each)
Express Plus
Economy
Anticipated completion 10 working Need it faster? PleaseDays* call. 16 Working 8 WorkinginDays* 4 days.* Working Days* *Up to 100, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering.
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
221mm 298mm
315mm 493mm
225mm 300mm
315mm 493mm
A4 A3
Print Price Guide 2010
Size (to hold)
Three Dimensional Merchandisers Retail Display Stand Retail Display Stand New for 2010 these robust Stands are designed to accommodate multiple lightweight products. Of course it is simply one solution, there is an almost infinite range of possible sizes and shapes. We would be delighted to discuss your specific requirements and produce a Prototype to ‘prove’ your design.
1445mm
Non printed back and shelf panels are not shown due to page space restrictions.
412mm 442mm
1160mm
Retail Display Stand Retail Display Stand
Prototype (each) £173.00
50 £2851.20
Over 50 (each) 30.00
Size
2.50
72
Please note: Prototypes are produced using Digital or Wide Bed Ink Jet technology. Production runs of 50 Retail Display Stands or more are Litho printed.
£39.90
;
Turnaround Options Express Express Plus Economy Turnaround Options ; 8 Working Days* 4 Working Days* 16 Working Days* Anticipated completion in 10 working days.* Need it faster? Please call. *Up to 100, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Three Dimensional Merchandisers Hexagonal Dumpbin Hexagonal Dumpbin Our Hexagonal Dumpbins are strong, freestanding and designed to accommodate lightweight high volume products with a custom height shelf adjusted to your specifications, please specify the depth at the time of order. Of course it is simply one solution, there is an almost infinite range of possible sizes and shapes. We would
be delighted to discuss your specific requirements and produce a Prototype to ‘prove’ your design. Please note: Prototypes are produced using Digital or Wide Bed Ink Jet technology. Production runs of 50 Hexagonal Dumpbins or more are Litho printed. Non printed panels are not shown due to page space restrictions.
300mm (Type A) 450mm (Type B)
73
700mm (Type A) 1100mm (Type B)
300mm (Type A) 450mm (Type B)
A
£156.00
B
£184.00
Over 50
50 £2,160.00 £2,547.00
(per Dumpbin) 30.00 30.00
Prototype (each) 4.90 3.80
Type
£30.20 £35.60
;
Turnaround Options Express Express Plus Economy Turnaround Options ; 8 Working Days* 4 Working Days* 16 Working Days* Anticipated completion in 10 working days.* Need it faster? Please call. *Up to 100, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Print Price Guide 2010
Hexagonal Dumpbin
Three Dimensional Merchandisers Pallet Wrapper
Pallet Wrapper Prototype (each)
50
600m x 800mm
£77.00
£1.345.00
1200mm x 1000mm
£94.00
£1,723.00
Over 50
(per Wrapper) 30.00 30.00
Type
£18.80 £24.10
;
Turnaround Options Express Express Plus Economy Turnaround Options ; 8 Working Days* 4 Working Days* 16 Working Days* Anticipated completion in 10 working days.* Need it faster? Please call.
1175mm
630mm
*Up to 100, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
390mm
74
Non printed panels are not shown due to page space restrictions.
2.9
Of course it is simply one solution, there is an almost infinite range of possible sizes and shapes. We would be delighted to discuss your specific requirements and produce a Prototype to ‘prove’ your design.
Please note: Prototypes are produced using Digital or Wide Bed Ink Jet technology. Production runs of 50 Pallet Wrappers or more are Litho printed.
3.6
Pallet Wrapper Our Pallet Wrappers are designed to dress a pallet and allow for direct selling without unwrapping products from boxes.
1214 mm
1214mm 914mm
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Point of Sale Wobblers Our Wobblers are printed in Full Colour on 400gm Matt card and gloss laminated on the face side for ultimate durability. Wobblers are rectangular, portrait or landscape. Clear Acetate Struts with self-adhesive pads at each end are supplied loose with Wobblers.
Finishing Round corners can be specified as an additional finishing option. Rounded corners can be either 3mm or 10mm. Please refer to page 106 for finishing pricing information.
Accessories It is also possible to specify Spring or pliable Metal Twister Struts at an additional cost.
Custom Shapes Wobblers can be Die-Cut to virtually any shape. In this case the cost of the Wobbler will be the cost of the standard square plus the cost of cutting. The cost of the Forme is a one-off cost with the first order and will depend on the intricacy of the shape required.
The one-off cost of a Die-Cutting Forme starts at just £60.00 + VAT. This cost is incurred only once. On subsequent runs we can use the same Forme again. The cost of Die-Cutting is calculated from a Setup charge and then a run on cost per 1000. Set up charge £45.00 + VAT. Running cost £30.00 + VAT per 1000.
75
Wobblers
£71.14
125mm x 100mm
£95.21
200mm x 100mm
£125.12
150mm x 150mm
£146.94
200mm x 150mm
£156.72
£112.88 £136.95 £172.04 £195.58 £208.67
£232.34 £239.54 £254.22 £297.34 £334.58 £362.19
£414.34 £421.14 £443.44 £500.77 £554.21 £596.45 Express
5,000 £758.29 £770.83 £795.63 £868.71 £922.49 £1,011.93 Express Plus
+5,000 / 1,250 6.00 4.40 4.00 2.50 1.10 0.80
75mm x 75mm
£103.36
2,500 3.00 2.20 2.00 1.30 0.60 0.40
£64.65
1,250 1.50 1.10 1.00 0.60 0.30 0.20
75mm x 50mm
500 0.60 0.44 0.40 0.30 0.11 0.08
250 0.30 0.22 0.20 0.13 0.06 0.04
Size
£174.26 £179.66 £190.66 £223.01 £240.73 £271.65 Economy
Acetate Strip
Sticky Pads
Spring
75mm
Sticky Pads
Alternative Fixings For a ‘Spring’ add 9p + VAT per Wobbler. For a ‘Metal Twister’ add 4p + VAT per Wobbler.
34mm
152mm
Acetate Struts
*Up to 10,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Sticky Pads
Metal Twister
Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Print Price Guide 2010
Turnaround ; completion Turnaround ; Options Anticipated 8 working Please call. 12 Working 6 WorkinginDays* 3 days.* WorkingNeed Days* it faster? Days*
Inkjet Posters and Banners
INTRODUCTION Using our Roland and HP High Definition Printers, with the very latest Piezo-Electric Inkjet Technology, we are able to produce Big Images of exceptionally high definition at 720dpi, up to 2380mm wide.
Lamination Double sided Lamination using 43 micron plastic film is standard on our 180gm Photorealistic Matt paper. This protects the surface and makes the print less vulnerable to scratching. Lamination is not offered on 170gm Photograde Silk or 200gm Photograde Gloss. These materials have a surface effect in their own right which is completely masked by Lamination.
Encapsulation Encapsulation is similar to Lamination except that the plastic extends beyond the edges of the poster and seals together. This makes the Poster effectively waterproof and extremely durable. Encapsulation is available in three grades: 43 micron, 125 micron and 250 micron per side. Whilst Encapsulation is offered on 170gm Photograde Silk and 200gm Photograde Gloss we would recommend using 180gm Photorealistic Matt paper if Encapsulation is required since it offers cost savings over the other materials and the end result is close to indistinguishable.
Ink Selection
Materials
Dye Based Inks for Indoor Use: Indoor use Big Image Posters are printed using Dye Based Inks. Dye Based inks produce extremely vibrant colours and are very economically priced. It should be noted that Dye Based Ink posters will fade if exposed to sunlight or any other UV light. Used away from such light their life is virtually unlimited.
We offer a range of materials, some are suitable for either Dye or Solvent Based Inks and some are suitable for both. The material range is: 180gm Photorealistic Matt; 170gm Photograde Silk; 200gm Photograde Gloss; 140gm Wet Strength Paper (Blue Back); Back Lit; Banner Vinyl.
Mounting Posters on to 10mm Centafoam makes a rigid display which looks particularly appealing and is ideal for use in exhibitions and presentations. Please Note: The cost of packing large Foam Mounted Boards to make them safely transportable can be considerable. Please check at the time of ordering.
Solvent Based Inks for Outdoor Use: External use Big Image Posters are printed using Solvent Based Inks. Solvent Based Inks are guaranteed stable against UV light exposure for up to three years. In practice the durability may be expected to be in excess of this. Solvent Based Inks are completely waterproof and can be printed directly on to a number of non-porous stocks.
Finishing
Roping & Eyeletting
We offer several types of finishing for our Posters and Banners. The different types of finish available are described below and the costs can be found within the table for the relevant material on pages 77 and 78. We can also provide accessories to complement some products. These accessories, such as A frames and Pop Up Displays, are detailed on page 80.
If your specific requirement is not covered please contact us for a bespoke quote.
Mounting
Banners on Banner Vinyl can be eyeletted and roped to allow for external hanging against a building or fence or across a street. The edges are folded and bonded to make double thickness prior to eyeletting for maximum durability.
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Inkjet Printed Posters and Banners No UV Exposure Posters
Printed with Dye Based Inks (please see page 76) 180gm Photorealistic Matt With Gloss Lamination
Size
OR
195gm Photorealistic
Encapsulation per poster (if required)
Mounting (each)
First Print
Per Extra Print
First Print
Per Extra Print
43 Micron
125 Micron
250 Micron
10mm Foam
594mm x 420mm
£15.51
£9.01
£13.01
£6.52
£5.80
£11.75
£26.32
£17.69
A1
840mm x 594mm
£26.02
£18.03
£21.02
£13.03
£10.88
£18.49
£44.81
£27.12
A0
1188mm x 840mm
£47.20
£36.20
£37.17
£26.17
£22.48
£35.09
£80.11
£40.60
A2
40” x 30”
1016mm x 762mm
£36.52
£26.87
£29.90
£20.26
£18.88
£29.48
£65.11
£33.06
60” x 40”
1524mm x 1016mm
£68.03
£50.44
£54.80
£36.46
£28.39
£43.83
£94.41
£47.94
Per Metre x 840mm wide
£39.20
£27.37
£32.03
£19.79
£19.58
£30.23
£67.29
n/a
Per Metre x 1524mm wide
£67.06
£49.65
£54.03
£35.90
£31.15
£48.63
£97.57
n/a
Express
Express Plus
77
Economy
Turnaround ; completion Turnaround ; Options Anticipated 6 working Need it faster? Please call. 4 WorkinginDays* 2 days.* 8 Working Working Days* Days* *Up to 50 Posters, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
UV Resistant Posters and Wet Strength (Blue Back) Size
Printed with Solvent Based Inks (please see page 76)
140gm Wet Strength (Blue Back) First Print
200gm Silk
Extra Print
First Print
Encapsulation per poster (on 200gm only)
Extra Print
43 Micron
125 Micron
250 Micron
Mounting (each) 10mm Foam
594mm x 420mm
£12.06
£5.56
£13.93
£7.43
£5.80
£11.75
£26.32
£17.69
A1
840mm x 594mm
£19.12
£11.13
£22.85
£14.86
£10.88
£18.49
£44.81
£27.12
A0
1188mm x 840mm
£33.35
£22.35
£40.84
£29.84
£22.48
£35.09
£80.11
£40.60
£17.30
£32.74
£23.10
£18.88
£29.48
£65.11
£33.06
40” x 30”
1016mm x 762mm
£26.94
60” x 40”
1524mm x 1016mm
£48.88
£34.59
£60.49
£41.58
£28.39
£43.83
£94.41
£47.94
Per Metre x 840mm wide
£28.81
£18.77
£35.11
£22.56
£19.58
£30.23
£67.29
n/a
Per Metre x 1524mm wide
£48.20
£34.06
£59.63
£40.93
£31.15
£48.63
£97.57
n/a
Express
Express Plus
Economy
Turnaround ; Options Anticipated 6 working Need it faster? Please call. Turnaround ; completion 4 WorkinginDays* 2 days.* 8 Working Working Days* Days* *Up to 50 Posters, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Print Price Guide 2010
A2
Inkjet Printed Posters and Banners UV Resistant Back Lit Posters and Vinyl Banners
Printed with Solvent Based Inks (please see page 76)
Size
Banner Vinyl
Roping and eyeletting for Banner Vinyl only
First Print
Extra Print
First Print
Extra Print
594mm x 420mm
£19.94
£13.45
£17.19
£10.69
£3.61
A1
840mm x 594mm
£34.88
£26.89
£29.37
£21.39
£7.22
A0
1188mm x 840mm
£65.00
£54.00
£53.95
£42.95
£14.50
A2
78
Back Lit Film
40” x 30”
1016mm x 762mm
£51.44
£41.80
£42.88
£33.24
£11.22
60” x 40”
1524mm x 1016mm
£97.88
£83.59
£80.77
£66.48
£22.45
Per Metre x 840mm wide
£55.40
£45.36
£46.11
£36.07
£12.18
Per Metre x 1524mm wide
£96.44
£82.30
£79.59
£65.45
£22.10
Per Metre x 2380mm wide
n/a
n/a
£134.21
£113.37
£38.28
Express Express Plus Economy Turnaround ; Options Anticipated 6 working Need it faster? Please call. Turnaround ; completion 4 WorkinginDays* 2 days.* 8 Working Working Days* Days*
*Up to 20 Posters, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Inkjet Printed Exhibition Stand Our Exhibition Stand is a one piece fold away unit which can be erected or packed away in seconds. The mechanism is designed to provide years of trouble free use. The stand consists of three main panels and two end panels, which curve around the sides. Each panel is 664mm wide x 2180mm high. The Carry Case, which doubles as a counter, is also dressed with a graphic. The dimensions for this are 1945mm wide x 770mm high and is included in the graphics price.
2180mm
79
The graphics are printed on five pieces of 180gm Photorealistic Matt which are matt laminated to prevent light glare. They are supplied with pre-fixed magnets for easy mounting. The graphics are priced separately to the frame so that replacement graphics can be ordered at any time.
Exhibition Stand Exhibition Stand
£1,261.00 each
Graphics
£587.80 per set
Extra n/a £528.30 per set
;
Turnaround Options Express Express Plus Economy Turnaround Options ; 8 4 Working Days* 2 Working Days* Days* Anticipated completion in 6 working days.* Need it faster?Working Please call. *Up to 10 Stands, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
770mm
First 30.00 30.00
Item
Print Price Guide 2010
Please Note: Only half of each side panel is visible when the stand is viewed from the front. Also only the centre (486mm) of the Carry Case graphic can be viewed from the front. We would be pleased to send you templates for your design.
Inkjet Printed Poster and Banner Accessories A Boards
Poster Snaps
Telescopic Banner Stands
These are designed for durable outdoor use. They are lightweight but extremely sturdy. They are available in a range of sizes from A2 to A0. The display area is in portrait format only.
These reusable Poster Snaps are designed for suspending large Posters and Drop Banners from ceilings, and are great if floor space is at a premium. They are available to accommodate A2 (420mm), A1 (594mm) and A0 (840mm).
Our Banner Stands extend to 2 metres high, and automatically roll up to be stored or transported easily. They can be used again and again. They are designed to accommodate our 840mm width Banners. Just simply order an 840mm x 2 metre Banner to fit this high impact, affordable stand.
80
A Board
Poster Snaps
Banner rolls up for easy storage and transportation
Item
Cost (each)
Item
Cost (each)
A2 594mm x 420mm
£103.13
A2 594mm x 420mm
£12.20
A1 840mm x 594mm
£131.25
A1 840mm x 594mm
£15.38
Size
Cost
A0 1188mm x 840mm
£187.50
A0 1188mm x 840mm
£17.13
840mm Wide
£78.75 each
Telescopic Banner Stands
Express
Further Information
Turnaround Options ; it faster? Turnaround ; Anticipated completion in 4 working days.* Need PleaseDays call. 2 Working All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment. Please Note: All items on this page do not include print. Print must be purchased separately. See pages 77 and 78. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Canvas Prints Standard and Bespoke We have invested in the technology required to ensure that our Canvas Prints are of the ultimate quality available. The material used is 350gm polycotton canvas. We use Solvent Based Inks to ensure print colour stability for an extended period. Indeed we are so confident in the longevity of our Canvas Prints that we offer a lifetime (75 years +) guarantee against fade.
Edge Detail Printed canvas extends around the sides of the frame. This means that the image can either continue to bleed or be mirrored depending on the subject matter. Alternatively, we can leave the sides unprinted (white) or print the sides any other colour, see below. There is no cost difference whichever edge detail is chosen.
Our frames are deep kiln dried redwood produced from FSC forests. Canvas is stretched to optimum tension to completely obviate the need for later re-tensioning.
Hanging Our prints are provided with easy hang fittings which allow the print to be mounted completely flush to the wall.
Image continuing around sides
81 Image to the edge with white sides
Our unique production system means we are able to produce Canvas Prints of any size, from a minimum of 20cm in either direction, to a maximum of 150cm, again in either direction. If your requirement is for a print outside these parameters please request a quote. Pricing Your Print Area of Print = Width (cm) x Length (cm) = A E.g. For a 40cm x 40cm print - A = 1600, So the Multiplication Factor is 0.036 This means the cost of your print is: 1600 x 0.036 (+ £10.00 setup) = £67.60 + VAT
Three Prints of the same size
Four or more Prints of the same size
Discount
-10%
-15%
-20%
Standard Sized Canvas
By popular request we now offer budget priced Standard Canvas sizes. By ordering frames in bulk we are able to offer these at exceptional prices and faster turnarounds without compromising on quality.
Setup
Area (A)
Multiplication Factor
Less than 1,900cm
0.036
2
1,901cm2 - 4,000cm2
0.030
2
4,001cm - 6,000cm
0.025
6,001cm2 - 8,000cm2
0.019
8,001cm - 13,000cm
0.015
Greater than 13,000cm2
0.011
2
£10.00 Per Print
2
2
Turnaround Options Express Express Plus Turnaround Options ; 2 Working Days* 4 Working Days* Anticipated completion in 6 working days.* Need it faster? Please call. *Up to 20, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Standard Canvas Size
Cost Per Canvas
210mm x 210mm
£24.30
350mm x 350mm
£36.33
500mm x 500mm
£49.70
;
Turnaround Options Express Express Plus Turnaround Options ; 2 days.*Days* 1 Days* Anticipated completion in 4 workingWorking Need it faster?Working Please call.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
*Up to 20, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105.
Print Price Guide 2010
Two Prints of the same size
Bespoke Canvas
;
Number of Canvas Prints
Image to the edge with coloured sides
0.10 0.07 0.04
Bespoke Sized Canvas
Image to the edge with sides mirrored
Full Colour Paper Carrier Bags It seems you can’t open a newspaper these days without reading about the damage caused by Plastic Bags. Our environmentally friendly solution not only looks the business, it speaks volumes for your company’s green credentials.
82
They are printed in Full Colour on tough 200gm Silk Paper and can be Gloss or Matt Laminated. The base and cord panels are reinforced for maximum durability. They are available in three practical sizes. Our Carrier Bags can be printed on every side and come ready to use with a choice of Blue, Red, Green, White or Black Cords. Type A 450mm wide x 350mm deep with a 100mm gusset. Type B 550mm wide x 400mm deep with a 125mm gusset. Type C 665mm wide x 500mm deep with a 125mm gusset. Please note: If the design of your Paper Carrier Bag means colour extends across the fold we strongly recommend lamination to minimise the risk of cracking on the fold.
Carrier Bags Carrier
100
250
500
+500 / each
Type A
£960.00
£1,180.00
£1,765.00
£2.82
Type B
£1,025.00
£1,262.50
£1,890.00
£3.02
Type C
£1,095.00
£1,390.00
£2,080.00
£3.33
Gloss Lamination
£75.00
£107.50
£120.00
£0.18
Matt Lamination
£105.00
£152.50
£170.00
£0.23
Express
Express Plus
Economy
Turnaround ; Anticipated in Days* 10 working Need it faster? Please call. Turnaround Options ; completion 16 Working 4 days.* 8 Working Working Days* Days* *Up to 250 Carrier Bags, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Scratch Cards Standard Design 1
With our ready made Scratch Card promotion running even the smallest campaign is now simple and affordable. Our Scratch Cards are A6 Size, printed on rigid 350gm Card. The standard reverse designs are printed in Full Colour and your front design can be Single, Multi Colour or Full Colour.
Bespoke Design
We have two reverse designs to choose from. ‘One Arm Bandit’ (Design 1) gives you up to four classes of winner plus a loser. ‘Go Nuts’ (Design 2) gives you three classes of winner plus a loser. In each case we print a variety of losing permutations.
83 1st Prize
The prizes you award to each class of winner is entirely up to you. Normally the prizes will be detailed within your front design.
2nd Prize
yo 1st Prize ssories for tuning acce £2000 of
2nd Prize £500 of tu
Standard Design 2
To produce your c ampaign, simply tell us which Standard Design you require for the reverse, how many of each class of card you would like and send us your front design.
4th Prize
3 Prize rd
ning accesso
ur car
ur car ries for yo
3rd Prize ur car rvice for yo 1 Free Se
4th Prize elfa t-shirt Exclusive
Our full terms and condi
tions can be found on
our website
ww w.elfa-auto.co.uk
E.g. 250 Scratch Cards required: 5 First Prize, 10 Second Prize, 20 Third Prize and 215 losers.
Standard Design Scratch Cards 5,000
+5,000 / 1,250
One Colour
£56.21
£99.48
£164.54
£359.69
£622.69
£1,214.08
£203.50
Extra Colour
£21.04
Full Colour
£99.20
£26.30 £153.22
£27.16 £219.84
£28.41 £419.69
£30.98 £684.35 Express
£38.85 £1,289.98 Express Plus
2.72
2,500 1.36
1,250 0.68
500 0.27
250 0.13
100 0.05
Printing
£13.71 £230.29 Economy
Turnaround ; Anticipated in Days* 10 working Need it faster? Please call. Turnaround Options ; completion 6 Working 12 Working 3 days.* Working Days* Days* *Up to 5,000 Standard Scratch Cards, for larger quantities or Bespoke Designs turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105.
Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Print Price Guide 2010
Bespoke Design Whilst our ready made solution is highly cost effective you may have a requirement for a fully personalised scratch card campaign. Our bespoke estimating team would be delighted to quote you.
Each class is packed separately giving you complete control of when contestants will draw winning cards.
Gold Data Card
Platinum Data Card
60 Minute
Multi-use Internet Voucher
Datacards
INTRODUCTION Whether you are looking for a business card with a difference, a short term information card or a durable membership card, one of our extensive range of Full Colour Datacards will fit the bill. Gold Datacard Gold Datacards are printed on 400gm Triple Coated Matt Art card which is then sealer varnished on both sides. They can also be gloss or matt laminated on both sides.
Platinum Datacard Platinum Datacards are a laminate construction of rigid plastic on a card core, this gives them an all over brilliant high gloss finish. The Datacard thickness is such that it gives a substantial feel and appearance.
Titanium Datacard Our top of the range Titanium Card has all the features of the Platinum Card, plus a plastic core, providing excellent durability similar to a
conventional credit card. We can die-cut Titanium cards, which means quirky shapes such as key fobs or phone charms can be created. The shaped Card is retained within the Datacard until the user ‘pops it out’ for use on, typically, a keyring.
Finishing All three types of Datacard can be supplied without additional finishing for use as round cornered business cards. Alternatively they can be finished with a Signature Strip, Scratch Off Strip, Variable Data (this can consist of a Barcode, Pin Number and Serial number provided the variable data is on one side of the card) and Magnetic Strip (with or without encoding).
Each different process can be applied to either side of the card. (E.g. Variable data on one side and Signature strip on the reverse). Finished Datacards can be flow wrapped either individually or in packs of up to 10 sequential cards. The cost of Flow wrapping is £15.00 + VAT setup plus 5p per packet. Flow wrapping adds one day to turnaround.
Design Considerations The coloured panels indicate the limitations for positioning Signature Strips or Scratch Off Panels. Sizes are listed below.
Titanium Datacards The Red dashed line ( ) indicates the maximum die-cut area of a Titanium Datacard. Scratch off/Signature Strip can be positioned up to 20mm from top edge to top of strip 10mm
Scratch off/Signature Strip can be positioned up to 20mm from bottom edge to bottom of strip
Signature Strips and Scratch off Panels Signature Strips and Scratch off Panels are available in the following sizes: 40mm x 8mm, 75mm x 10mm and 85mm x 12mm This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Datacards Gold Datacards +10,000 /2,500
Base Card
Unlaminated
£71.41
£86.87
£178.03
£191.30
£253.59
£338.74
£423.90
£70.63
Gloss One Side
£73.16
£88.82
£186.13
£225.07
£290.66
£382.46
£474.26
£72.46
Gloss Both Sides
£90.27
Lamination
£108.05
£196.98
£274.41
£379.46
£498.20
£616.94
2.30
10,000
1.72
7,500
1.15
5,000
0.58
2,500
0.29
1,250
0.12
500
0.06
250
Options
£94.25
Matt One Side
£90.24
£105.76
£194.28
£257.83
£330.79
£437.01
£543.23
£82.99
Matt Both Sides
£113.01
£134.67
£230.77
£323.56
£449.09
£591.23
£733.38
£112.04
250
500
1,250
2,500
5,000
7,500
10,000
+10,000 /2,500
£459.65
£854.44
£1,108.13
£1,361.82
4.60
£267.29
3.45
£131.46
2.30
£93.33
1.15
500 Micron
0.58
Base Card
0.23
Options
0.12
Platinum Datacards
85
£210.10
Titanium Datacards 10,000
+10,000 /2,500
£152.43
£208.55
£411.62
£686.39
£1,236.07
£1,571.25
£1,906.42
£287.07
£45.83
£50.92
£53.47
£76.38
£114.57
£152.76
Express
£190.94
Express Plus
4.60
7,500 3.45
5,000 2.30
2,500 1.15
1,250 0.58
500 Micron
500 0.23
Base Card
Die-Cutting Cost (Titanium Only)**
250 0.12
Options
£38.19 Economy
Turnaround ; Options Anticipated 8 working Need it faster? Please call. Turnaround ; completion 12 Working 3 days.* 6 WorkinginDays* Working Days* Days* *Up to 25,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Finishing Options 250
500
1,250
2,500
5,000
7,500
10,000
+10,000 /2,500
Signature Strip (per strip)
£18.68
£24.60
£42.36
£67.21
£131.10
£190.27
£249.44
£59.17
Scratch off Strip (per strip)
£18.86
£24.95
£43.10
£81.37
£146.41
£213.15
£279.89
£59.39
Variable Data (per side)
£62.24
£64.88
£71.82
£83.12
£112.37
£138.77
£165.16
£26.39
Magnetic Strip (per side)
£27.30
£35.41
£59.79
£100.46
£181.74
£263.05
£344.35
£81.30
Magnetic Strip Encoding
£82.52
£101.32
£157.77
£251.83
£439.97
£628.11
£816.24
£203.14
All finishing options will apply an extra day’s turnaround. Please confirm at time of order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. All finishing options will apply an extra day’s turnaround. Please confirm at time of order. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering. Bespoke Size **Titanium Datacards can be Die-Cut to almost any shape you like. One-off Die-Cutting Forme charge of £63.00 +VAT applies.
Print Price Guide 2010
All Card types
Slapper Bands
Printable Area of a Slapper Band One day pre-paid pass
On removal the Slapper Band is simply unwound and clicks back to a straight state.
Slap
The paper cover which is bonded to the steel core can be printed in One, Two or Full Colour.
Saturday 27th June
Wildlife Photography
Exhibition
Wrap
Wear
Slapper Bands wrap around the wrist once ‘slapped’ into position.
Slapper Bands are exceptionally durable and difficult to lose. They are suitable for re-use on numerous occasions. They were originally designed as admission tickets for venues where clients wished to leave and return to the event without the hassle of finding their ticket. However, the range of applications is wide and varied. Where will you ‘slap’ yours!
Slapper Bands 2,500
5,000
+5,000 / 1,250
One Colour
£162.03
£277.13
£518.29
£929.37
£1,669.30
£304.54
Two Colour
£120.86
Full Colour
£305.90
£215.81 £458.00
£431.63 £645.04
£809.30 £1,176.02
£1,510.70
4.60
1,250
1.60
500
0.80
250
0.30
Colour
0.20
86
Wildlife Photography Exhibition Saturday 27th June
Saturday 27th June
Slapper Bands are an innovative new product. In their ‘rest state’ they are straight, but when they are ‘slapped’ the spring steel core wraps around to form a band.
£2,080.38
Express
Express Plus
£256.82 £374.42 Economy
Turnaround ; Options Anticipated 8 working Need it faster? Please call. Turnaround ; completion 12 Working 3 days.* 6 WorkinginDays* Working Days* Days* *Up to 5,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples.
This page is printed on 115gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Beer Mats Our Beer Mats are a litho printed laminated construction which combines high quality print with effective absorption properties. The absorption layer is 1.5mm thick open texture wood pulp board. Beer Mats can be supplied single faced (the reverse being plain white), double faced (with the same image on each side), or finally, multi-faced (with a different image on each side). The price does not change whichever option is chosen. Please Note: The Single Colour and Two Colour prices are based on the same colours being used on each side of the Beer Mat. If your requirement calls for different spot colours on each side please add 50% to the table prices. Standard Beer Mats Standard Beer Mats measure 94mm square with 10mm rounded corners, or 94mm diameter circular.
87
Custom Shaped Beer Mats Custom Shaped Beer Mats can also be produced. These can be any shape provided they fit within a 94mm square. There is a ‘one-off’ Forme cost of £75.00 + VAT for custom shapes. Please note: very complex shapes may require a more expensive Forme. Oversize Beer Mats If your requirement is for a mat which is bigger than 94mm square, please request a quotation.
Beer Mats +5,000/1,250
One Colour
£89.71
£132.23
£195.04
£352.68
£566.63
£102.78
Two Colour
£137.60
Full Colour
£149.36 Express
£171.96 £186.23 Express Plus
£241.32 £255.47 Economy
Turnaround Options ; Anticipated in 6 working days.* Need8it faster? Please call. ; 2 Working 4 completion Working Days* Days* Working Days* *Up to 10,000, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering.
This page is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
£393.73 £414.46
£576.00 £578.16
3.30
5,000 1.60
2,500 0.80
1,250 0.30
500 0.20
250
£104.48 £104.87
Print Price Guide 2010
Colour
Card Badges Card Badges are made from 1.25mm faced card. The card can be specified in a wide range of colours, see the page opposite. It is also possible to have the Badges printed in Full Colour. Badges are Die-Cut to the required shape. We have a large number of standard Formes available (as shown) or it is possible to Design Your Own. If a special design is required it must fit within a 65mm x 75mm rectangle.
88
There is a ‘one-off’ Forme cost of £75.00 + VAT for custom shapes. Please note: Very complex shapes may require a more expensive Forme. Hot Foiling All Badges can have foil applied to one or both sides using a hot foiling process. The foils available are: Metallic Gold, Metallic Silver, Flat Black, Holographic Silver and Flat White. In addition a unique security foil can be specified for applications where the Badges have a high face value. Hot Foiling prices include the origination of the masters required for foiling. Please note: Only solids can be reproduced in Hot Foil. Half-tone tints are not successful. Numbering Badges can be sequentially numbered. Numbered Badges are supplied packed in number order. Stringing Badges can be strung with Red, Blue, White, Yellow or Black string. Please contact us if you would like to discuss your specific Badge requirements.
Standard Badge Shapes available
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
S9
S10
S11
S12
S13
S14
S15
S16
S17
S18
S19
S20
Design your own Card Badge Your Card Badge can be any shape you wish, there is a ‘one-off’ cutting Forme charge of £75.00 + VAT and it must fit within a 65mm x 75mm rectangle.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105.
This page is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Card Badges Card Badges 2,500
+2,500/1,250
Standard Board Colour
£94.19
£120.33
£323.51
£662.13
£322.88 2.00
1,250 1.00
500 0.40
250 0.20
Type Extra for Full Colour One Side
£95.23
Extra for Full Colour Both Sides
£122.22
£163.80
Finishing
250
500
1,250
2,500
+2,500/1,250
£100.80
£162.54 £204.12
£199.08 £233.10
£69.68 £81.59
Finishing Options Hot Foil (per side)
£26.32
£35.33
£62.37
£107.43
£45.06
Security Foil (per side)
£32.62
£46.14
£88.66
£161.50
£72.10
Numbering
£21.63
£28.84
£50.47
£86.52
£40.85
Stringing
£30.93
£41.20
£72.10
£144.20
£72.10
89
Express Express Plus Economy Turnaround ; Anticipated in 10 working Need it faster? Please call. Turnaround Options ; completion 8 Working 4 days.* 16 Working Days* Working Days* Days*
Standard Board Colours available
*Up to 1,250, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C16
C17
C18
C19
C20
C21
C22
C23
C24
Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering.
This page is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Print Price Guide 2010
C1
Playing Cards We are now able to produce packs of Playing Cards in quantities which were previously completely cost prohibitive.
Metalised core eliminates show through.
Playing Cards are an excellent promotional product because of their longevity.
Our Playing Cards are standard poker card size 89mm x 63mm (3.5” x 2.5“) with 3mm Round Corners. Packs consist of 54 cards. Personalisation We are able to supply Playing Cards personalised on one side (the reverse being the suits of a standard set of Playing Cards). Alternatively, Playing Cards can be fully personalised on both sides, giving scope for a completely new game or a different use entirely.
100 Sets
Fully Personalised One Side
£433.81
£556.86
£689.12
Fully Personalised Both Sides
£570.85
£744.11
£922.23
250 Sets
500 Sets
+500/50
£880.91
£1,041.11
£72.88
£1,136.70 Express
£1,265.05 Express Plus
6.00
50 Sets
3.00
25 Sets
0.60
Type
1.20
Playing Cards
0.30
90
Metalised Core Our packs are litho printed in Full Colour on 300gm Solar Block Card. This unique material has a metallic core to prevent any possibility of show through. The card we use meets the exacting requirements of gaming authorities worldwide. The printed Cards are sealer varnished to ensure exceptional quality and playability.
£88.55 Economy
Turnaround Options ; completion 16 Working 8 Working 4 days.* Turnaround ; Anticipated in Days* 10 working Please call. WorkingNeed Days* it faster? Days* *Up to 500 Packs, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Special Print Option Hexachrome and Metal FX printing is available at a premium over Full Colour Printing with additional turnaround. Please see page 105 for details and examples. This page is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Playing Cards Boxes
We are able to supply the card faces - clubs, spades, picture cards, etc. as EPS files so that they can be worked into your own artwork. The EPS files are released after you order and you would need to sign a one time use declaration form. As standard our Playing Cards are supplied in a plain red box. See opposite for details of Personalised Boxes.
Personalised Playing Card Boxes You can greatly increase the appeal of your Pack of Cards by having them packed in your own Fully Personalised Box.
28mm
17.5mm
Please Note: These prices are only valid when Boxes are bought as part of a Playing Card order. Boxes on this page cannot be bought separately. Our Box type B1 may be better value for larger quantities of Boxes, see page 48.
91.5mm
me dia
From Revision Cards to Drug Awareness Cards; Students Pocket Survival Guides to Bus Timetables; Places to Stay in the Lake District to Pub Crawls in Cardiff, what you can do with Personalised Playing Cards really is as great as your own imagination!
Where colour extends across folds we strongly recommend lamination to minimise the risk of cracking on the fold.
17.5mm
66mm
18mm
66mm
17mm
me dia
14mm
Playing Card Boxes 250 Boxes
500 Boxes
+500/50
Playing Card Box 181mm x 168.5mm
Single Colour Face Side
£73.35
£77.67
£81.98
£86.30
£105.83
£10.06
Extra Colour Either Side
£33.23
£35.18
£37.14
£39.09
£40.67
£3.87
Full Colour Either Side
£121.32
Lamination per side
Gloss
£17.82
£18.87
£19.92
£20.97
£32.28
£3.07
Matt
£23.77
£25.17
£26.57
£27.96
£43.03
£4.08
£128.45
£135.58
£142.72
Express
£166.82
Express Plus
0.40
100 Boxes
0.20
50 Boxes
0.08
25 Boxes
0.04
Style
0.02
Type
(if required)
91
14mm
£15.85
Economy
*Up to 500 Boxes, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Playing Cards can be fully personalised on both sides, giving scope for a completely new game or a different use entirely.
Artwork Important artwork preparation information can be found on pages 101 - 105. Carriage (Applicable on delivered items only) Please calculate the carriage costs by adding together the green carriage codes for each product ordered. When you have the sum total please refer to the carriage table on page 106 to obtain the carriage cost. Full carriage details can be found on page 107. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering. This page is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Print Price Guide 2010
Turnaround ; Anticipated in Days* 10 working Need it faster? Please call. Turnaround Options ; completion 16 Working 8 Working 4 days.* Working Days* Days*
Digital Printing
INTRODUCTION During the last year many of the orders we have received have exploited the capabilities of Digital more effectively.
Rather than a single page file and a request for one hundred copies, increasingly we are receiving one hundred page files with each page different and a requirement for one copy of each page! With our progressive Digital Print pricing model a charge for the file (whatever the page count) and then a cost per copy, the cost of either option is the same. BUT the impact on the one hundred recipients receiving literature, a poster, a folder or even a complete booklet, personalised to them is infinitely greater! The fast turnaround on Digital Print complements the immediacy of personalisation and explains why our service has grown exponentially! We offer a number of additional special origination and finishing options to complement Digital Print.
.00
3eek 9 ÂŁper w
0 on nce -32l Acti bala k X K ua ter ruc D oun ift T C rkl Fo
n o t p m a h r e v l Wo
ly On
r e fo c i r p ade r t t Uni
for e c pri e rad t t i Un
r e t ns i m r e d Kid
Names in Text and Names in Pictures
.00
ÂŁpe9r w9eek
y Onl
lift on s n mu
Using special software we can merge information from a Database in to the files to be used for Digital Printing. This may be as simple as adding the name of each delegate to a run of conference folders or as complex as producing a calendar with the name of the recipient embedded in to the picture on each page.
20 n e KX-3al Actio alanc Du unterb ruck Co klift T For
Finishing Our range of options for finishing Digital Print are extensive. We can laminate, crease and fold as well as make stapled or perfect bound booklets. We can also wirobind (ideal for calendars).
lift son n u m
For simplicity our Digital Print Pricing is split into three elements: Setup, Printing and Finishing.
This page is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Digital Printing Setup To price an almost unlimited range of Digital Print Projects simply choose the option you require from each of the sections Setup, Print and Finishing on pages 93, 94 and 95 respectively.
Setup cost for Names in Pictures Project The base design should be supplied as a PDF. Setup charge for the first image to be used in the project - £35.00
Please Note: The price of every Digital Print Job must include the cost of Setup as well as the cost of Printing.
Setup charge for each additional image - £4.00
Setup Cost from artwork supplied complete. If you are sending a fully print ready PDF, the set up charge is £18.00 + VAT Please Note: All pages of your file must be the same size. The same quantity must be required of each page. For Single Sided print, one page of the file = One Sheet. For Double Sided print, two pages of the file = One Sheet. Setup cost for Names in Text project The base design should be supplied as a PDF. Setup charge for the addition of one piece of data from an Excel spreadsheet - £25.00
Cost to create the variable data PDF, per page - £0.07 E.g. You would like to send a 13 page calendar (with 12 personalised images) to 200 Clients. You provide a PDF of your Calendar design together with an Excel spreadsheet containing the names of your clients.
93
We insert the Name in Pictures images and produce a 2600 (13 x 200) page PDF with each page personalised. Setup cost = £35.00 (first picture) + 11 x £4.00 (other pictures) + 2600 x £0.07 (number of pages) = £261.00 To see the full range of free ‘Names in Pictures’ images and an even bigger range of nominal cost images, please go to www.namesinpictures.co.uk
Setup charge for the addition of each extra piece of data from an Excel spreadsheet - £2.00 Cost to create the variable data PDF, per page - £0.05
You provide a PDF of your folder design together with an Excel spreadsheet containing the names of the delegates. We produce a 100 page PDF with each page being the folder personalised with the delegate’s name ready for printing. Setup cost = £25.00 (delegate name) + £2.00 (Delegate ID) + 100 (number of pages) x £0.05 = £32.00
Names in Text
This page is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Names in Pictures
Print Price Guide 2010
E.g. You have 100 delegates for a conference and would like to provide each of them with a Single Sided personalised folder containing their course notes. Each folder is to have the name of the delegate and their ID number.
Digital Printing Print See page 93 for Setup charge.
Full Colour Stocks
Printed Sides
100gm Cartridge
94
Full Colour Digital Printing - Cost per Sheet A5
A4
A3
£0.11
£0.20
£0.35
(Cost per Sheet)
£0.22
£0.39
£0.68
1120gm Cartridge
£0.12
£0.22
£0.38
(Cost per Sheet)
£0.24
£0.42
£0.73
115gm Gloss or Silk
£0.11
£0.19
£0.33
(Cost per Sheet)
£0.21
£0.36
£0.64
150gm Gloss or Silk
£0.12
£0.21
£0.37
(Cost per Sheet)
£0.23
£0.40
£0.71
200gm Gloss or Silk
£0.13
£0.23
£0.41
(Cost per Sheet)
£0.25
£0.44
£0.78
280gm Gloss or Silk
£0.15
£0.26
£0.46
(Cost per Sheet)
£0.28
£0.50
£0.87
350gm Silk
£0.17
£0.29
£0.51
(Cost per Sheet)
£0.31
£0.54
£0.95
Once you have calculated the setup cost for your Digital Print from page 93 please use the tables on this page to calculate the cost of printing. We offer various finishing options for Digital Printing. Please refer to page 95 where these options are detailed. Please note: These tables cannot be used in isolation. There must always be a setup charge in addition to the prices in these tables. Also our Digital Printing is not suitable for overprinting using a laser printer or copier. Inkjet overprinting is possible although drying time may be excessive. Please always verify the suitability of a stock for your project by running samples ahead of a live order. Carriage Because of the large number of permutations available in Digital Print it is not possible to provide carriage codes. Please use the carriage calculator on page 107 where full carriage details can also be found. Alternatively please confirm the cost at the time of ordering.
Express Express Plus Economy Turnaround ; Options Anticipated 4 working Need it faster? Please call. Turnaround ; completion 4 Working 2 WorkinginDays* 1 days.* Working Days* Days*
*Up to 250, larger quantities agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Full Colour Digital Printing - Cost per Sheet A2
6 panel A4
8 panel A4
480mm wide x per metre1
150gm Semi Gloss
£1.63
£1.82
£2.50
£3.02
(Cost per Sheet)
£2.41
£2.67
£3.64
£4.38
200gm Semi Gloss
£1.72
£1.92
£2.63
£3.18
(Cost per Sheet)
£2.54
£2.83
£3.85
£4.62
280gm Semi Gloss
£1.76
£1.99
£2.74
£3.30
(Cost per Sheet)
£2.65
£2.95
£4.01
£4.82
Full Colour Stocks
Printed Sides
Subject to availability Express
Express Plus
Economy
Turnaround ; Options Anticipated 6 working Need it faster? PleaseDays* call. Turnaround ; completion 8 Working 4 WorkinginDays* 2 days.* Working Days* *Up to 250, quantities agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment and complete, print ready, PDF artwork. Designs with heavy ink coverage may take longer to dry and we reserve the right to extend turnarounds in such cases. Bespoke Sizes If the particular size you require is not listed then we can produce Bespoke Sizes. Simply price the next size up. For example, a 279mm x 198mm video sleeve will be priced as an A4 (297mm x 210mm). Please specify your required size at the time of order and we will trim free of charge. When your finished size is bigger than 1.5m, please refer to bespoke cutting on page 95. This page is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper
Digital Printing Finishing We offer a wide range of finishing for Digital Printing. By combining finishing options it is possible to produce virtually any Digital product.
Finishing Options Description
Costing
Extra Days
Parallel Folding (up to three folds) Available on sheet weights up to 120gm and sizes A5 to 8 Panel A4
Setup cost £15.00 - First fold £0.04 per sheet Extra per fold per sheet £0.01
+ 1 Day
Parallel crease folding (up to three folds) Available on sheet weights 150gm to 280gm and sizes A5 to 8 Panel A4
Setup cost £15.00 - First crease fold £0.09 per sheet Extra crease fold per sheet £0.01
+ 1 Day
Creasing or Perforating (up to three lines) Available on weights 150gm and heavier (creasing) and all sheet weights (perforating) for sizes A5 to A3
Setup cost £15.00 - First line £0.02 per sheet Extra lines per sheet £0.01
+ 1 Day
Round Cornering 3mm or 10mm Available on all sheet weights and sizes
Setup cost £10.00 Up to four rounded corners per sheet £0.01
+ 1 Day
Perfect Bound Books Minimum 56 pages A5 and A4 size (Portrait or Landscape) Printed Sheets should be the size of the book (eg. A4 booklet, print A4 sheets)
Setup cost £45.00 - Extra per 56 page Booklet £0.62 Extra per page £0.04
+ 4 Days
Staple Bound Books Minimum 8 pages A5 and A4 Finished sizes (Portrait or Landscape) Printed Sheets should be double page size (eg. A4 booklet print A3 pages)
Setup cost £20.00 - Extra per 8 page Booklet £0.53 Extra per page £0.02
+ 3 Days
Wirobound Booklets and Calendars 1/3 A4, A5, 2/3 A4, A4 (Portrait or Landscape) and A3 (Portrait) finished sizes. Printed Sheets should be the size of the finished wirobound product (eg A3 Calendar print A3 pages)
Setup cost £15.00 - Extra per Booklet or per Calendar £0.42 Extra per page £0.03 - Extra for Desk Stand £0.12 each
+ 2 Days
Bespoke Cutting / Creasing (Folders, or long length posters over 1.5m)
Setup cost £15.00 (straight Cuts / Creases) - £30.00 (shapes) Cost per metre Cut / Crease £1.75
+ 2 Days
95
Gloss or Matt Lamination 200gm and Above Setup
Size
£20.00
A5 A4 A3
Cost per side per sheet Gloss
Matt
£0.05
£0.06
£0.08
£0.10
£0.14
£0.18
This page is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Gloss Art Paper
Extra Days + 2 Days
Print Price Guide 2010
Up to 100, for larger quantities turnaround agreed at time of order. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Direct Mail
INTRODUCTION Our Direct Mail service complements our printing perfectly. Instead of taking on the management of a campaign yourself and coordinating between Printer and Mailing House it is much more efficient to simply entrust the whole job to us.
In the competitive market where most businesses operate, creating or accelerating growth is a major challenge. It is certain that targeted promotion and marketing of products or services is essential if a business is to realise its potential. There are a number of marketing techniques which may be employed. Some are much more efficient and cost effective than others.
Once the marketing tests have been carried out, a mailing campaign can then be sent in batches and managed to match the ability of the business to handle the volume of leads generated. Our ‘machine setups’ are typically achieved in a quarter of the time of our competitors, which means we can carry out these test mailings cost effectively. However, once set up, our machines are also highly productive so that we can take on commissions for the largest of campaigns. To run alongside this machinery investment we have followed a full training programme to develop the skill set of our staff, enabling us to fully exploit the capabilities of the equipment.
Personalisation
Why use Direct Mail? In today’s tough economic environment it seems we are all running faster and faster just to stand still!
markets with small distributions. Offers, Content and Pricing can be amended as a result of feedback to produce ever more effective mailers.
The impact and speed at which results are achieved depends, to a significant extent, on what marketing choices are made. There are many tools to choose from: Billboards, TV and Radio, Newspapers and Magazines, the web and e-mail just to name a few. Direct Mail is considered to be one of the very best ways of presenting a marketing message. It is the way that forward thinking companies maintain their competitive edge. Direct Mail provides the opportunity to test target
Investment in equipment, software and training allows us to offer a whole new level of personalisation and deliver real improvements in response rates. Our production operation includes Hand Enclosing as well as Machine Enclosing, which allows us to respond positively to virtually any fulfilment request. The Direct Mail service we offer can be tailored to precisely match your requirements. We are happy to provide any or all of our services on a particular project. This page is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Gloss Art Paper
The steps involved within a Direct Mail operation and the services we can provide include: Data Processing We offer a comprehensive range of Data Creation and Cleansing Services. Whether you require Doctors in Dagenham or Plumbers in Plumpstead you can be certain that our service avoids wasted resource and complies with legislation. We can carry out automatic Data Cleaning and De-duplicating plus checking against the Mail Preference Service or can even contact people direct to verify details if required. The goal is always to minimise the amount of ineffective mail and maximise the return on your investment whilst complying in full with the relevant legislation. Laser, Inkjet and Digital Print Personalisation The degree of personalisation we can provide ranges from the most basic to the most sophisticated! For example, in its simplest form we can overprint each envelope with a different name and address. Or we can laser print a fully personalised letter to each recipient.
Postal Service By pre-sorting mail, we are able to offer substantial reductions in postage. The level of discount available will depend on a number of variables, such as data quality, numbers and weight of the mailing as well as the geographical area for circulation.
Audit reports are available to identify how each Direct Mail Campaign has been conducted from start to finish.
A choice of postal companies is available, including Royal Mail, DHL and Business Post, which allows us to choose the most competitive pricing.
We provide a service which is second to none and would be delighted to be entrusted with your next commission.
We are able to consider all these factors to make sure you get the best price and result.
To price your next Direct Mail Campaign please turn to page 98.
Storage and Fulfilment We are able to provide storage facilities for printed literature to be included in a mailout campaign. This allows for a managed roll out of small batches of mail.
We provide a service which is second to none and would be delighted to be entrusted with your next commission.
This page is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Gloss Art Paper
Quality Control Best of all each stage of our Direct Mail operation is quality controlled by our adherence to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001.
Print Price Guide 2010
When exploiting the full possibilities of Digital Printing, we can even produce mailings with your customers name embedded in a photo! (See page 93).
97
Direct Mail Costing
98
Data
Procure data for you? New Database Setup Cost Setup cost How many Records do you require?
@ £20.00 @ £0.40 (per record)
Cleaning your existing Data? Run Data through MPS (Mail Preference Service) This removes records of people who do not wish to be mailed. Setup cost How many Records do you require checked?
@ £20.00 @ £0.02 (per record)
Run De-duplicate Routine (removes all duplicate information) Setup cost How many Records do you require De-duplicated?
@ £10.00 @ £0.02 (per record)
Manually Clean Data
Cost Negotiable
Printing of Variable Information Setup cost Printed address label on Envelope (black only*) Laser printed Letter (black only*) Digital Printing in Full Colour (Maximum stock weight 350gm)
Envelopes Required
Plain White Envelope printed in black only Setup cost DL White Envelope C5 White Envelope C4 White Envelope
@ £20.00 @ £0.02 (per record) @ £0.07 (per record) Please refer to pages 93 and 94
@ £40.00 @ £0.04 (per record) @ £0.06 (per record) @ £0.07 (per record)
(For other colours, Multiple colours or Full colour, please refer to our standard Envelopes on pages 28 and 29 for prices)
Plain White Windowed Envelope printed in black only Setup cost DL White Windowed Envelope C5 White Windowed Envelope C4 White Windowed Envelope
(For other colours, Multiple colours or Full colour, please refer to our standard Envelopes on pages 28 and 29 for prices)
Mail Fulfilment
Inclusion of Inserts (maximum of six**) Setup cost E.g. Letter + Leaflet = 2 Inserts
@ £40.00 @ £0.05 (per record) @ £0.06 (per record) @ £0.08 (per record)
@ £25.00 @ £0.01 (per insert)
Mailsort
Whenever possible jobs should be mailsorted. If mailsort can be used, the savings on postage will usually more than cover all the Direct Mail costs (excluding data purchase costs). Setup cost (Minimum of 4,000 records or 1000 records for larger items required)
Direct Mail Campaign Example To calculate the cost of a Direct Mail Campaign using an existing Database of 8000 contacts which needs to be run through MPS and De-duplicated. Address to be printed on a C5 Envelope with the franking printed separately in black, fulfilled with two A5 inserts. Job to be Mailsorted. Cost of MPS Check Setup 8000 Records @ £0.02 per record
£20.00 £160.00
Cost of De-Duplicate Routine Setup 8000 Records @ £0.02 per record
£10.00 £160.00
Cost of printing Variable Data Setup 8000 Records @ £0.02 per record
£20.00 £160.00
Cost of Plain White Envelopes Printed in Black Setup C5 Size @ £0.06 per record
£40.00 £480.00
Cost of Mail Fulfilment Setup 8000 x 2 inserts @ £0.01 per record
£25.00 £160.00
Mailsorting Setup 8000 @ £0.01 per record Total Direct Mail Cost
£20.00 £80.00 £1,335.00
@ £20.00 @ £0.01 (per record)
Please note: These costs do not include postage. Postage is charged at cost, based on weight and size. All costings are subject to sight of copy. *The costs stated are for variable information to be overprinted. Base printing is charged separately. **One insert (only) can be a book if required. All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
This page is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Gloss Art Paper
Accessories
99 Adhesive Corners & Pockets Our Adhesive Corners and Pockets are supplied ready to use on a peel off backing sheet. Their lips are staggered to allow for easy insertion of documents or cards . They are constructed from tough plastic and have welded seams for long durability.
Dispensers Our leaflet dispensers are designed to stand on a shelf or counter, ensuring that your information will be clearly seen. They are made from tough crystal clear acrylic for excellent visibility and durability. Solicitors Corners Solicitors Corners are made from Gloss Laminated 400gm Card and printed in either red, green, blue or black.
Dispensers Size
Solicitors Corners Corner Pockets are available in various sizes.
£0.28
£0.21
£0.29
£0.22
145mm x 145mm Corner
£0.39
£0.29
180mm x 180mm Corner
£0.50
£0.38
Business Card (Landscape or Portrait)
£0.25
£0.20
;
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment.
This page is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Gloss Art Paper
£1.24
£2.49
£2.21
A5 Portrait
£3.87
£3.42
A4 Portrait
£7.10
£5.64
All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Centre Scored
All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
£1.40
1/3 A4 Portrait
Turnaround Anticipated completion in 4 working days. Need it faster? Please call.
65mm
Turnaround Anticipated completion in 4 working days. Need it faster? Please call.
Business Card - Landscape
Turnaround Anticipated completion in 4 working days. Need it faster? Please call.
m
80mm x 80mm Corner 120mm x 120mm Corner
£8.50
m
£0.18
£20.00
92
£0.23
65mm
50mm x 50mm Corner
65mm 65mm
£1.20
If you require personalised Solicitors Corners please contact us.
Print Price Guide 2010
1-9 (each) +10 (each)
+100/100
£1.35
;
Size
100
Business Card - Portrait
;
Adhesive Corners and Pockets
Size
1-9 (each) +10 (each)
Accessories CD Calendar Holders Our clear acrylic CD Calendar Holders look just like a traditional CD case. However they are specially designed to lock in an open position at the ideal angle for viewing loose Calendar leaves.
Business Card Boxes Our rugged Business Card Boxes are 100mm x 55mm and designed to hold approximately 200 Business Cards.
Printed leaves are available separately, simply order A5 Flyers and request for them to be cut to 120mm wide x 138mm high.
CD Calendar Holders
100
Type
1 - 9 each
+10 each
CD Calendar Holders
£0.65
£0.43
Paper Block Holders Our Holders are available in Translucent Blue, Green, Purple, Red and Yellow. They are available in two sizes: Large Holders are 103mm cubes and Small Holders are 65mm cubes. As standard they are supplied packed with a random selection of coloured and white plain papers. Alternatively we can supply printed sheets to fit in your Holders. Simply order as A4 sheets with four cuts to give six sheets for Large Holders, or A4 sheets with five cuts to give twelve sheets for Small Holders. The Large Holder contains 800 sheets of 100gm Executive paper and the Small Holder contains 500 sheets.
;
Turnaround Anticipated completion in 4 working days. Need it faster? Please call.
Business Card Boxes Type
1 - 9 each
+10 each
Plastic Boxes
£0.79
£0.58
All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
;
Turnaround Anticipated completion in 4 working days. Need it faster? Please call.
Paper Block Holders 1 - 9 each
+10 each
Small
£2.04
£1.78
Large
£2.28
£1.99
Turnaround Anticipated completion in 4 working days. Need it faster? Please call.
;
All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Type
All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Further Information Turnaround Times quoted are from receipt of full payment.
This page is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Gloss Art Paper
Artwork Whilst we would be delighted to undertake the design for your next project, we are also very happy to work from your own digital artwork. For orders made with artwork supplied our highly regarded Pre-Print Checking system incorporates a number of steps designed to ensure that the finished work we produce not only meets, but exceeds your expectations. We like to think of our relationship as a partnership and, as with any partnership, a great outcome depends on partners working together.
101
Please check the Artwork guidance notes on the following pages which will ensure that your work proceeds quickly and efficiently to a successful outcome to the benefit of everyone. Sending Your Files Ideally files should be sent to us online. This ultra fast system allows us to progress your order quickly and efficiently. We recommend compressing your files before sending them to us as this not only makes the transfer faster but also more reliable, especially for the Mac, since important hidden files are then included automatically.
Exceptionally, where ordering online is not possible, we can take ‘manual’ orders and work with ‘hard’ media – CDs, DVDs or USB Memory Sticks.
Your PDF should be prepared at press quality with artwork centred on pages. Please refer to pages 102-104 for full details on artwork preparation. Please ensure that you carefully check your PDF before sending it. Whilst software is usually reliable there is still a real possibility that something changes in the conversion from native file format to PDF. Since the PDF is the only origination we have to work with all our processes are deigned to ensure that the finished print matches the PDF supplied. Our commitment is to ensure that this is the case and we cannot accept responsibility for a problem with finished print when this matches the PDF. We would be pleased to provide you with assistance in preparing your PDF.
This page is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Gloss Art Paper
Our highly regarded Pre-Print Checking system incorporates a number of steps designed to ensure that the finished work we produce not only meets, but exceeds your expectations.
Print Price Guide 2010
Free trial versions of excellent compression programmes are available, visit www.pkware.com for PKzip which is designed for PC, and visit www.stuffit.com/mac/deluxe for Stuffit which is designed for Mac.
File Format We use the very latest Adobe PDF (Portable Document Format) Rip in our Pre-press department and our workflow is based on working with files sent to us as PDFs. All work should be presented to us in this format.
Artwork Continued
File Pre-Print Check Our detailed Pre-print Checking is a unique and highly regarded part of our service. Checking is prescribed on a minority of products and optional (but highly recommended) on the remainder. When you opt for your file to be Pre-print Checked it will be reviewed by an experienced designer and checked by our proof readers.
102
We check for: Artwork being central and backing up correctly.* That there is sufficient Bleed and Quiet Area.* That fonts are embedded.* That all elements of the job are CMYK (RGB and Pantone colours may not print as expected in Full Colour).* That the quality of pictures and text is to print standard.* That there is colour consistency and wherever possible that the colours specified will print as perceived on screen.* We also carry out a rigorous proof reading exercise which, whilst not guaranteed to pick up every error, has proved a ‘lifesaver’ many times in the past where embarrassing and costly mistakes have been spotted.* * Please read on for an explanation of these items.
fig. 1 Where potential problems are highlighted we will (with your agreement) correct them if practical, often at no extra charge. Alternatively we will request a corrected file. Please note: If you opt out of Pre-print checking your job will not be checked and will go through our automated pre-press system. It will not be seen by ‘human eyes’ before it is on press by which time it will either be too late, or very expensive, to correct! The cost of the Pre-print check is £3.75 + VAT (£9.00 + VAT for Books & Booklets)
fig. 2
Artwork central and backing up correctly It is important that artwork is positioned centrally on the layout. Our pre-press system works from the centre of the page in aligning jobs for print. At pre-press the correct size aperture for the job to be printed is filled with the image on the page running out from the page centre. If a job is off centred then potentially only a portion of the job will appear in the aperture and be printed! (fig.1) It is also important that jobs back up correctly with the orientation of each page being the same. We strongly recommend printing proofs from the PDF you have created to your own printer prior to submission. (fig.2) If the sheet holding the reverse image must be rotated to back up correctly with the front then the file should be altered! Making a physical mock up will highlight potential errors which are not easy to see on screen. (fig.3)
fig. 3
Bleed and Quiet Border Understanding the need for Bleed and a Quiet Border is vital if, as partners, we are going to achieve our joint aim of an excellent finished print job. We require Bleed to allow for the tolerance of our guillotines (the machine used for cutting your job after printing). Even with our state of the art equipment there is a margin of error with the operation. If your image finishes exactly at the edge of your required finished size then these small deviations may produce unsightly white flashes at the edge of your print. By extending your background colour or image beyond the edge of your finished job the effects of the same deviations are not noticeable. This page is printed on 200gm Triple Coated Gloss Art Paper
Artwork Continued
We recommend that elements intended to go to the very edge of your finished job should extend 3mm beyond the edge. 3mm
Trimmed Edge
103
Images should bleed 3mm beyond the trimmed edge
Ian Grahame
A Quiet Border is the distance you should allow from Logistics Manager the edge of your finished page size for text, diagrams because we can then use the full colour gamut in the or images not going to bleed. The reason for the 01234 567890 conversion process). border is again the tolerance in cutting. If you have ian@neffren-logistics.co.uk a design where the text runs to the very edge then Please note: It is important that images are any cutting deviation will result in some of your text originated at this high quality. Re-sampling an image being cut off!! of a lower resolution (say 72dpi from the internet) With a very small Quiet Border even the smallest cutting deviation could result in the finished job looking uneven. We recommend a Quiet Border where there is no text etc. of at least 5mm around the edges of yourIan job. Grahame
01234 567890
ian@neffren-logistics.co.uk 5mm
Trimmed Edge
Any text should be inset at least 5mm from the trimmed edge
Fonts When creating your PDF it is important to specify that fonts used should be embedded. This is normally a tick box in the PDF export area of the programme or an option in an external PDF creator. If fonts are not embedded this can lead to unwanted fonts substitutions and reject print. Photographs & Graphics Photographs should be scanned at the size required in your artwork at 400dpi and saved as CMYK images (the only exception to the CMYK rule is images for Hexachrome Printing which should be sent as RGB This page is printed on 280gm Triple Coated Gloss Art Paper
to 400dpi does not improve its quality or make it suitable for high quality print. Monitor calibration is a big consideration when scanning and colour balancing. If your monitor is not calibrated the image you see on screen may differ from the image on the final print. We recommend obtaining our Hard Copy Colour Charts. As well as a comprehensive range of colour swatches these include an image which is called ‘Ole No Moire’. The same image is available for download from www.printordering.co.uk together with calibration instructions. By opening the Ole No Moire image on your screen and comparing it with the image on the Chart, it is possible to carry out a fair calibration of your monitor. Once this has been done, when you view a photo on screen, it will be a close rendition of the press print. Where designs are built up using a number of layers and transparencies it is important that these are ‘flattened’
The Ole No Moire image is useful in carrying out basic monitor calibration.
Print Price Guide 2010
Logistics Manager
before creating the PDF. Un-flattened transparencies are notorious for causing print problems. Flattening your work will ensure that the finished print is as expected without compromising the creative intent.
Artwork Continued
Colour Matching Throughout your design the colours used must be CMYK colours. There are a large number of variables which can affect the colour produced during Full Colour Printing. Simply looking at the appearance of colours on a monitor, especially if no monitor calibration has been carried out (please see the previous ‘Photographs and Graphics’ section), is unlikely to accurately represent printed colour results.
104
In just the same way an un-calibrated desktop printer, such as a laser or inkjet may well produce very different colours to those produced on a professional printing press. Rather than leaving colour matching to chance and ‘keeping your fingers crossed’ we strongly recommend that colours are chosen from our Hard Copy Colour Charts. We have produced two Charts (one printed on coated material and the other on uncoated) which each show over 1000 colours together with their CMYK values. The advantage of using these charts is that they are exactly matched to our presses. When a colour is chosen from the swatch sheets and the CMYK values selected in your design you can be confident that the finished result will closely match your expectations. Our Colour Swatch Booklets are available for £7.50 + VAT & Carriage each or £10.00 + VAT for the pair. They are an invaluable and accurate way of ensuring predictable colour. Please note: Where you have a particular colour issue, for example a requirement to match to a specific company colour or a previously printed job, this
MUST be brought to our attention at the order stage. Simply specify the colour to be matched to or that the job has been previously printed in the ‘Special Instructions’ section during the online ordering process. If you have a swatch of the colour required please send us a hard copy. We cannot be held responsible if your printed work does not match your requirements unless those requirements are brought to our attention before we print. Proofs Our normal service does not include proofs. At Pre-press we check that our printing will match the files provided. By dispensing with the need for proofs to be signed before print commences we have greatly improved the speed and efficiency of our service. However, we recognise that in some circumstances proofs are desirable and we are pleased to produce these from your Digital Artwork prior to printing. Please be aware that sending proofs will add time to the overall turnaround. We offer two types of proofs, PDF Proofs and Wet Proofs: PDF Proofs: These are sent digitally via Email or through a download system for larger files. They are a ‘normalised PDF’, produced from our Pre-press system and are an exact representation of what we will print. They are ideal for checking layout and content but are only as accurate as your monitor calibration with regards to colour. Wet Proofs: These are an exact match to the job which will eventually be printed since they are a small run of the finished job on press. We would
always recommend a small run of print (to be used as a wet proof ) prior to any very large run of print. Montage Wet Proofs Often the reason that a Wet Proof is considered may be that there are a couple of critical ‘house colours’ or there is a particular photo which needs to be checked. In these circumstances a less expensive alternative to a full Wet Proof may be to create a montage of the critical elements and order a Montage Wet Proof. For further information on any aspect of artwork preparation please visit www.printordering.co.uk or contact us and we will be pleased to help you with your production. Proof Reading It is easy to become ‘blind’ to what is actually written, especially when you have been closely involved with a job and know what it ‘should’ say. Proof reading is a skilled job requiring high levels of concentration, a detached viewpoint and a sceptical eye in order to seek out what is wrong rather than what is right! For instance often text is read backwards before reading it forwards to avoid being lulled by the sense of a paragraph in to missing spelling errors. Every day our proofing team spots errors which could have been at least embarrassing and at most could render the printed job unusable. Often this is in work which was looked at by several people before the PDF was submitted!! As part of our Pre-Print Check we proof read jobs and work hard to ensure that the printing we produce is perfect. Whilst this is not a guaranteed service it is rare that errors get past our proof readers!
Proofing Proof
Less than A6 (per page)
A5 (per page)
A4 (per page)
A3 (per page)
A2 (per page)
A1 (per page)
PDF Proof
£1.00
£1.50
£1.75
£2.00
£2.90
£4.80
Wet Proof Montage Wet Proof (Coated or Uncoated)
Wet Proofs are the cost of the smallest run of the same job £35.61
£51.76
£75.42
£116.02
n/a
n/a
All prices are + VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
This page is printed on 280gm Triple Coated Gloss Art Paper
Hexachrome & Metal FX® Metal FX®
Hexachrome
Using Metal FX® any number of metallic colours can be incorporated into a conventional CMYK job. The eye catching effects that can be achieved are possible without the excessive extra cost normally associated with ‘Process’ plus ‘Spot Colour’ printing.
The Hexachrome system uses six colours instead of the conventional four used in traditional colour print. By supplementing the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow and Black with Orange and Green it is possible to produce a greater range of colours accurately. The results can be a much more vibrant and high impact print.
If you would like to incorporate Metallic colours in to your next design, simply design in CMYK as normal. Annotate which areas you would like to be metallicised and the colours you would like. We can also metallicise photos or diagrams as required.
If you are interested in printing using this system later versions of Quark Express and CoralDraw are Hexachrome enabled. Pantone® have also produced plugins for use with Adobe InDesign, Adobe Illustrator and Adobe Photoshop.
Please note: The conversion work is chargeable. We can supply a press matched A2 sheet with a comprehensive range of Metallic Colours to choose from. This is available for £24.00 + VAT and Carriage as applicable.
CMYK Image
Hexachrome Image
Please note: The Metal FX® process is most effective on Gloss Art Paper. Whilst results can also be achieved on Silk or Matt Art, the effect is much less noticeable.
Magenta
Yellow
Black
Gold 1
Gold 2
Gold 3
Gold 4
Gold 5
MFX Base
0004
0008
0010
0034
0036
0042
0112
0114
0116
0118
0376
0378
0618
0848
0850
0914
0918
0922
0958
0992
1178
1234
1240
1266
1268
1310
Alternatively, we may be able to convert the design you have supplied to include Hexachrome colours or images. Please note: The conversion work is chargeable. We can supply Hexachrome Colour Swatch Books from Pantone®, Solid Pantone® or specific House Colours that need to be matched to Hexachrome equivalents.
Pantone Orange 021
Hexachrome Pantone Orange 021
Pantone Warm Red
Hexachrome Pantone Warm Red
Pantone Green C
Hexachrome Pantone Green C
Pantone 368 C
Hexachrome Pantone 368 C
Pantone 220 C
Hexachrome Pantone 220 C
Pantone 321 C
Hexachrome Pantone 321 C
Metal FX® Images
For Perfect Results...
Pricing Information
Before a large Hexachrome or Metal FX® job is printed we would always recommend a small print run to ‘prove’ the artwork to make sure you are happy with the results. Please contact us for further details.
Prices for printing in Hexachrome or Metal FX® are calculated as add on percentages over the base four colour CMYK price (i.e. the price listed for Full Colour Printing, Booklets or Business Cards & Postcards etc).
Hexachrome and Metal FX® Printing 500 or less
Additional Percentage for Hexachrome or Metal FX®
+70%
(To the standard CMYK price)
501 - 2,500
+48%
(To the standard CMYK price)
2,501 - 5,000
+40%
(To the standard CMYK price)
+ 5,001
+35%
(To the standard CMYK price)
Additional time required ;
4
Additional Working Days
This page is printed on 280gm Triple Coated Gloss Art Paper
Print Price Guide 2010
Cyan
105
Finishing Processes and Carriage Prices
Folding or Crease Folding prices are for parallel folds, 150gm jobs with colour across fold(s) should be creased
Folding or Crease Folding Operation
Material
250 or less
500
1,250
2,500
5,000
7,500
10,000
+10,000/100
80gm - 150gm 80gm - 150gm 150gm - 285gm 155gm - 285gm
£24.78 £28.24 £37.76 £41.24
£26.78 £30.64 £40.16 £43.72
£32.78 £37.84 £47.36 £51.16
£42.78 £49.84 £59.36 £63.56
£62.78 £73.84 £83.36 £88.36
£82.78 £97.84 £107.36 £113.16
£102.78 £121.84 £131.36 £137.96
£0.80 £0.96 £0.96 £0.99
Creasing or Perforating prices for one or two lines parallel and edge to edge
Creasing or Perforating Operation Creasing or Perforating
Material
250 or less
500
1,250
2,500
5,000
7,500
10,000
+10,000/100
80gm - 150gm 155gm - 280gm 285gm - 400gm
£16.99 £18.10 £20.62
£18.45 £20.22 £23.38
£22.84 £26.55 £31.67
£30.15 £37.12 £45.48
£44.78 £58.24 £73.10
£59.40 £79.37 £100.73
£74.03 £100.49 £128.35
£0.59 £0.85 £1.11
Material
250 or less
500
1,250
2,500
5,000
7,500
10,000
+10,000/100
80gm - 150gm 155gm - 280gm 285gm - 400gm
£11.28 £12.31 £13.66
£12.94 £14.75 £16.69
£17.91 £22.06 £25.78
£26.19 £34.25 £40.94
£42.75 £58.63 £71.25
£59.31 £83.00 £101.56
£75.88 £107.38 £131.88
£0.66 £0.98 £1.21
Round Cornering, 3mm or 10mm prices are for up to all four corners
Round Cornering - 3mm or 10mm Operation Round Cornering
Drilling, 3mm, 3.5mm or 6mm prices are per hole
Drilling - 3mm, 3.5mm or 6mm Operation Drilling
Material
250 or less
500
1,250
2,500
5,000
7,500
10,000
+10,000/100
80gm - 150gm 155gm - 280gm 285gm - 400gm
£7.22 £7.38 £7.44
£8.19 £8.50 £8.75
£11.09 £11.88 £12.69
£15.94 £17.50 £19.25
£25.63 £28.75 £32.38
£35.31 £40.00 £45.50
£45.00 £51.25 £58.63
£0.39 £0.45 £0.53
Cutting prices are per cut
Cutting Operation
Material
250 or less
500
1,250
2,500
5,000
7,500
10,000
+10,000/100
Cutting
80gm - 150gm 155gm - 280gm 285gm - 400gm
£4.75 £5.34 £5.59
£5.63 £6.56 £7.06
£8.25 £10.22 £11.47
£12.63 £16.31 £18.81
£21.38 £28.50 £33.50
£30.13 £40.69 £48.19
£38.88 £52.88 £62.88
£0.35 £0.49 £0.59
Additional Time Required: Each Finishing Option +1 Working Day, apart from Crease Folding +2 Working Days All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
Highlands of Scotland & Northern Ireland
0.06 0.09
0.06 0.09
0.10 0.79
0.80 1.99
2.00 2.99
3.00 3.99
4.00 4.99
5.00 5.99
6.00 7.99
8.00 9.99
10.00 11.99
12.00 13.99
14.00 15.99
16.00 17.99
18.00 19.99
20.00 22.99
23.00 25.99
26.00 29.99
30.00 +
Carriage Type England, Wales & Lowland Scotland
FCP
C
FCP
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
BT
BT
BT
BT
0.05
Addition of Carriage Codes
0.01 0.05
Carriage
0.01
106
1 Fold 2 Folds Crease Fold 2 Crease Folds
This means we are able to handle virtually any finishing operation. Please contact us if you have a particular print finishing requirement.
The finishing operations most frequently required are listed below. We also have the resources for ‘hand finishing’, when a job is too small or too complex for a machine.
We undertake a wide range of print finishing options. Finishing includes operations as diverse as Folding and Collating, Die-Cutting and Encapsulating.
£4.15 £8.14 £5.67 £8.72 £10.50 £12.65 £16.35 £19.86 £23.32 £26.94 £34.19 £41.65 £49.36 £57.30 £66.46 £73.70 £82.06 £88.00 £97.00 £118.00 POA £4.15 £8.14 £5.67 £8.72 £21.40 £24.24 £34.04 £38.12 £41.88 £48.34 £55.83 £62.93 £90.67 £95.61 £112.94 POA
This page is printed on 280gm Triple Coated Gloss Art Paper
POA
POA
POA
POA
POA
Carriage Carriage codes are shown in green throughout this catalogue. These codes make it simple and quick to calculate the total amount of carriage due on a delivered consignment of one or several items. Where stock/size combinations make carriage codes impractical, the carriage formula* in the next column allows the code for a particular item to be calculated.
Two Step Carriage Calculation
We offer several types of carriage depending on weight and urgency:
Step 2: Look up the cost of delivery in the carriage table below.
First Class Post (FCP): Available on the smallest items marked 0.01 › 0.05 and 0.06 › 0.09. Whilst being a very low cost service it is not guaranteed and we have no method of tracking or tracing. It is not recommended for urgent or time critical print.
Where a product consists of several items, e.g. a book with lots of pages, please add the codes for each element together.
Couriers (C): Used for the majority of consignments marked to 19.99. This is a guaranteed next day service. In the event of non performance in time the courier refunds the cost of carriage to us. This refund is then passed on to you. Bulk Transport (BT): A guaranteed next day delivery service used for heavier consignments marked 20 + or an order for multiple items whose carriage codes add up to 20 +. This is a pallet service. Provision should be made to move or split the pallet on delivery. In the event of non performance in time the courier refunds the cost of carriage to us. This refund is then passed on to you. Van delivery: A direct point to point service to your door. This offers the ultimate in reliability and security and is recommended for consignments which are ‘mission critical’. The cost of this service varies depending on your location and should be confirmed at the time of order.
Before 9.00am add £26.00 to the base Carriage cost. Before 10.30am add £20.80 to the base Carriage cost. Before 12.00 noon add £13.00 to the base Carriage cost. Saturday before 12.00 noon add £30.00 to the base Carriage cost. Please confirm any special delivery requirements you may have at the time of order. Please Note: We do not charge for packing unless you require your job to be split into several dispatches. If you do require your job to be split we charge an extra £4.00 + Carriage per split. If you have a special carriage requirement, such as multiple drops or delivery to other areas outside those detailed, or even if you would simply like assistance with calculating carriage, please contact us.
Carriage Addition of Carriage Codes
Carriage Type
England, Wales & Lowland Scotland
Highlands of Scotland & Northern Ireland
0.01
0.05
FCP
£4.14
£4.14
0.01
0.05
C
£8.14
£8.14
0.06
0.09
FCP
£5.67
£5.67
0.06
0.09
C
£8.72
£8.72
0.10
0.79
C
£10.50
£21.40
0.80
1.99
C
£12.65
£24.24
2.00
2.99
C
£16.35
£34.04
3.00
3.99
C
£19.86
£38.12
4.00
4.99
C
£23.32
£41.88
5.00
5.99
C
£26.94
£48.34
6.00
7.99
C
£34.19
£55.83
8.00
9.99
C
£41.65
£62.93
10.00
11.99
C
£49.36
£90.67
12.00
13.99
C
£57.30
£95.61
14.00
15.99
C
£66.46
£112.94
16.00
17.99
C
£73.70
POA
18.00
19.99
C
£82.06
POA
20.00
22.99
BT
£88.00
POA
23.00
25.99
BT
£97.00
POA
26.00
29.99
BT
£118.00
POA
BT
POA
POA
30.00 +
*Carriage Formula Please use this simple formula to calculate the carriage code for any item. Carriage Code = Width(mm) x Length(mm) x Material Weight(gm) x Quantity
10 x 1000 x 1000 x 1000 All prices are + Carriage and VAT at applicable rates. Terms are payment with order.
This page is printed on 280gm Triple Coated Gloss Art Paper
107
Print Price Guide 2010
Premium Delivery: Our Couriers are able to offer premium timed deliveries to England, Wales and Lowland Scotland.
Step 1: Add together the carriage codes of all the items in your consignment. For any items which do not have carriage codes please refer to the carriage formula* below the table.
Common Sizes Jumbo Poster
Credit Card
1600mm x 1170mm
85mm x 55mm
Billboard
1524mm x 1016mm
Large Poster
1350mm x 900mm
108
8 Page A4
A0
840mm x 297mm
1188mm x 840mm
Poster
1000mm x 700mm
6 Page A4
630mm x 297mm
A1
840mm x 594mm
2/3 A4
210mm x 198mm
A2
594mm x 420mm
A3
420mm x 297mm
A4
297mm x 210mm
1/3 A4
A5
210mm x99mm
A6
A7
148.5mm x 105mm
105mm x 74mm
All illustrations are not to scale.
This page is printed on 280gm Triple Coated Gloss Art Paper
210mm x 148.5mm
Plant List We are sometimes asked for a list of our plant and equipment. We are pleased to provide our current inventory. New equipment scheduled for delivery imminently is included. The list is subject to frequent revision as a result of our ongoing investment programme. •
• •
•
• • • •
Press Hall KBA 162a five colour + coater press. KBA B1 five colour presses. Heidelberg SM52 five colour press. Heidelberg SM52 four colour press. Heidelberg 52 GTO two colour press. Digital Press Hall Konica Minolta Digital Press. Xeikon 5000 A2+ format Press. Canon IR105 High Speed Press. Numerous Roland and HP Ink Jet Poster Printers (Dye and Solvent based).
Direct Mail • CMC Six Station Envelope Inserter • Offline Envelope Printer Finishing • Polar 176 Programmatic Guillotine with complete paper handling path. • Two Polar 137 Programmatic Guillotines with complete paper handling paths. • Polar 90 Programmatic Guillotine. • Five Heidelberg Platen Machines with Hot Foiling, Numbering and Cutting capabilities. • B1 Autobond High Speed Perfecting Laminating Machine. • Heidelberg SRA1 Cylinder Cutting and Creasing Machine. • Two Lamina Paper to Board Hairline Register Mounting Machines. • Atlantic Zeiser Plastic Card Numbering/ Sig strip/ Scratch off / Mag stripe line with full feedback checking. • Spartanics Plastic Card Cutting Machine. • MBO Folding system with A1 down to A4 folding capability. • Coltec 56 Station Horizontal Collator. • Wohlenberg Hot Glue Perfect Binding Line. • Muller Martini Gather Stitch and Trim Line.
This cover is printed on 280gm Triple Coated Silk Art Paper with Gloss Lamination to the outside.
• Bernhardt Box Gluing Machine. • Busch B4 Ram Punch. • Numerous other hand finishing machines for: Padding, Numbering, Scoring, Round Cornering etc. Packaging • Shrink wrapping machines.
Print Price Guide 2010
• • • • •
Pre Press A variety of Mac and PC computers running versions of all the popular Mac and PC programmes. Duplicated Kodak Creo Prepress systems with the latest Adobe Acrobat Rips. Kodak Magnus VLF Platesetter with Square Spot Laser, capable of rendering 10 micron Stochastic screens. Two Kodak Creo Quantum B1 Platesetters with Square Spot Laser, capable of rendering 10 micron Stochastic screens, second machine for disaster recovery.